units

faculty-ug-sci

Faculty of Science

Skip to content | Change text size
 

print version

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2011 Undergraduate - Units


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olivia Tee Hui Yew

Synopsis

This unit covers human anatomy in its broadest sense; structural and functional at the macroscopic, microscopic (histologic) and developmental (embryological) levels. Topographic studies start with the limbs and back, then the trunk, and will conclude with the head and neck. Histology starts with cell structure and function and the four primary tissue types, followed by the histology of blood vessels. Embryology starts with fertilization and follows with the development of the organs, emphasizing how the study of development helps us to understand the organisation of the body. The course encompasses anatomical and medical terminology. Skills in observation, description and communication are developed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have a comprehensive, but not necessarily detailed, knowledge and understanding of the macroscopic structure and functions of the regions and systems of the human body, the microscopic structure and functions of the cell types and tissues of which the human body is constructed and the embryological development of the human body; understand anatomical and related medical terminology; use anatomical and related medical terminology effectively in verbal and written communication; demonstrate observational and descriptive skills in relation to histological slides; dissected anatomical specimens and radiographs; work effectively as a member of a learning team.

Assessment

Continuous practical assessment: 33.3%
Practical examination: 33.3%
Examination: 33.3%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dr. Lakshmi Selvaratnam

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, 3 hours group tuition and practical, 3 hours computer-assisted learning and 3 hours private study per week


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Full year 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Objectives

On completion of the course, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their chosen discipline, including to:

  1. be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study;
  2. understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project;
  3. be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, field-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies;
  4. be proficient in data acquisition, critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing;
  5. demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and a non-specialist scientific audience, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  6. have acquired a range of advanced technical skills appropriate to their area of study;
  7. have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  8. have acquired, where appropriate, sound knowledge of OHSE regulations, including hazardous and dangerous materials and risk assessments;
  9. have developed, where appropriate, an awareness of the ethical approval processes required when working with humans or animals;
  10. have demonstrated potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study;
  11. have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of their discipline and its place within the broader scope of science.

Assessment

Assessment will include a written thesis and oral presentation and/or oral defence. Final assessment methods and weightings will be advised by the unit coordinator prior to commencement.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Full year

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites

ASC4200


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

ASC4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. This unit provides advanced instruction on experimental design and data analysis and develops skills in critical thinking and examination of the scientific literature. Students will also examine appropriate Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental issues and learn about the ethical requirements associated with research involving humans and animals. As a part of this unit, students will convene and present a research symposium. This unit relates strongly to the Science Graduate Attributes and provides support for students wishing to develop a career in research science.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students:

  1. will understand experimental design and sampling methods relevant to their research project;
  2. can tailor research design and experimental protocols, giving consideration to available resources, occupational health, safety and environment requirements and research ethics;
  3. can critically analyse articles from the scientific literature;
  4. can present scientific ideas and the results of their research (orally and in writing) clearly and effectively, choosing appropriate materials and presentation styles for general and scientific audiences;
  5. can manage their work requirements, both independently and as a member of a team;
  6. will have demonstrated an ability to apply the University's Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental requirements appropriately within the context of their research discipline;
  7. will have demonstrated an ability to apply the University's requirements regarding the ethics of conducting research on humans and/or animals appropriately within the context of their research discipline.

Assessment

100% assignments

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Approximately 4 hours of lectures/workshops per fortnight for 12 weeks (one semester).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites

ASC4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susan Feteris

Synopsis

ASP1010 provides an introduction to, and understanding of, the nature of the solar system, our galaxy, and the cosmos beyond. The unit material will emphasize key concepts that will allow students to gain understanding of key astrophysical phenomena. The unit covers a wide range of topics that include the night sky, the historical development of astronomy, the solar system, comets and asteroids, the Sun, other stars, stellar remnants such as black holes, the Milky Way, other galaxies, quasars, dark matter, and cosmology.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Appreciate the scale of the Universe and Earth's place in it; understand the patterns and motion in the night sky and the cause of seasons; define and use the celestial coordinate system; discuss historical development of astronomy; understand and apply Kepler's laws; discuss the role of gravitation in orbits; describe the main features and performance of telescopes; describe the properties and formation of planets, comets and asteroids; describe the general properties of the known planets beyond our own solar system and how they have been found; measure and describe the properties (magnitude, colour, structure, activity, energy sources) of stars including the Sun; understand and describe the life cycles of stars; describe the formation and evolution of white dwarfs, neutron stars and black holes; interpret the Hertzsprung-Russell diagram; describe the structure of the Milky Way; describe the formation of different galaxy types; identify multiple methods to measure astronomical distances by; outline the life histories of galaxies (including those in clusters and active galaxies); describe the evidence for dark matter, dark energy and the Big Bang, and suggest the fate of the Universe.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical workshops: 25%
Project: 10%
Quizzes: 5%
Mid-semester assignment: 10%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical workshops to achieve an overall pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Susan Feteris

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and a 2-hour practical workshop/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

No formal background in astrophysics is required.
However, secondary science to Year 11 is recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Lattanzioand Dr Simon Campbell (School of Mathematical Sciences)

Synopsis

The characteristics of life, how life first appeared on the earth, whether these conditions can be expected to occur on other planets, the formation of stars and planets, the dynamics of planetary orbits and the habitable zones around stars, different kinds of stars and the light they emit, whether consciousness arises from elementary interactions between atoms and molecules, whether computers can be said to be conscious, the final state of the universe and the implications for any life present.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an appreciation of how the development of life is dependent on the conditions in the physical universe. In particular, students will have some understanding of: the necessary conditions for life; how species evolve; how life depends on energy input from stars; the dynamics of the solar system with regard to the thermal requirements for life; what is known about planets around other stars; the evolution of stars and which stars are suitable for the appearance of life; modern theories of star and planet formation; the types of stars in galaxies; possibilities of other life forms; the development of consciousness; how the universe will evolve; what this means for the future of life in the universe

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Support class work: 30%
Project work: 10%
Assignments: 10%
Student must pass the final examination to be granted a pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Lattanzio

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

Secondary science to Year 11 and mathematics to Year 12 (recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heath Jones

Synopsis

An introduction to modern astronomy, with an emphasis on using astronomical observations to understand the evolution of stars, galaxies and the Universe. Students are introduced to the night sky and how to navigate around it using astronomical coordinates. The design, performance and use of visible and radio wavelength telescopes is discussed in detail, including imaging and spectroscopy. Visible and radio wavelength observations will be interpreted to determine the distances, masses, ages and evolution of stars and galaxies. Laboratory work is a key component of ASP2011, including an astronomical observing session and analysis of data from major observatories.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students should be able to: understand the motion of the planets in the night sky; navigate the night sky using celestial coordinates; measure the brightness of celestial objects using astronomical images; understand the workings of reflecting and refracting telescopes; determine the angular resolution achieved by telescopes; describe the operation of CCDs; understand the statistics of photons from celestial objects; understand how astronomers determine the distances, luminosities, masses, radii and temperatures of stars; interpret the Hertzspung-Russell diagram; understand how stellar evolution can be inferred from observations; understand what observational astronomy tells us about the birth and fate of stars; use radio and Hubble Space Telescope observations to measure the expansion of the Universe; describe the emission processes responsible for radio waves; describe the origin of 21-cm wavelength radio waves; utilise 21-cm observations to measure the distances to and masses of galaxies; understand the principles behind radio interferometers; use radio observations to determine the masses of black holes and the radii of neutron stars; interpret astronomical observations and justify conclusions drawn via a concise and accurate written report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Written assignments: 15%
Laboratory: 35%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michael Morgan

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture or tutorial classes per week and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

6 points of physics at first-year level

Prohibitions

ASP2031, PHS2211


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alina Donea

Synopsis

Processes of star and planet formation; celestial mechanics; tides, accretion disks; solar system formation; extra-solar planets; the Sun; interiors of stars and the main sequence; post main sequence evolution; degenerate remnants; the Milky Way; the nature of galaxies; active galaxies; particles and cosmic rays.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will become familiar with the application of basic physical and mathematical principles to quantitative and qualitative understanding of the nature of the universe around us; will develop the ability to think physically about astronomical problems, and demonstrate this in a range of problem solving tasks; will develop practical skills in computationally modelling astrophysical systems and will have gained a knowledge of stars, planets, and galaxies sufficient to undertake further astrophysics studies at Level 3.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Problem sets: 10%
Computer laboratories: 30%
Tests: 10%
A pass in the examination is required to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alina Donea

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one weekly 2-hour computer practical class, one weekly 1-hour support class

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035 or equivalent, and 6 points of physics at level one

Co-requisites

MTH2010 recommended

Prohibitions

ASP2022 (except with permission of unit leader)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alina Donea

Synopsis

Stellar photometry; observing the stars; star formation; equation of state; reduced equations of stellar structure; polytropic stellar models; full equations of stellar structure; the main sequence; post-main-sequence evolution. Galactic morphology and stellar content; elliptical and spiral galaxies; large-scale structure of the Milky Way; dark matter; potential theory; galactic dynamics-orbits in spherical and axisymmetric potentials. Field trip. Astronomical data reduction.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will: understand the nature of stars - their life histories, how they produce energy, how they synthesise the chemical elements, their ultimate fates; be able to build simple polytropic numerical stellar models; be able to distinguish and discuss the different galactic types; understand the relationships between stellar evolution, galactic evolution, and the creation of the elements; be able to model computationally the motion of stars in galaxies; understand the implications of the observed nature of galaxies for theories of the universe; be familiar with the morphology and kinematics of the Milky Way; understand the significance of Dark matter to galactic structure; be able to use a large research-level telescope, including for data collection and analysis.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments: 20%
Field-trip report: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alina Donea

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour support classes per week and one 1-hour computer laboratory in most weeks

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010 or MTH2015, plus MTH2032, or equivalent

Prohibitions

ASP3011, ASP3032, MAT3111 or MAT3132


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anthony Lun

Synopsis

Newtonian physics and Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity, the geometry of space-time, the Minkowski metric, Lorentz transformations, k-calculus, and four-vectors; the physics of space-time, momentum and energy; classical paradoxes; other metrics, Black Holes; observation of the Universe relevant to Cosmology; the expansion of the Universe, the Cosmic Background Radiation; the evolution of the Universe, propagation of light; primordial elements and recent observations.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be aware of the reasons for supplanting Newtonian physics with relativity theory; be able to use special relativity to predict the behaviour of relativistic particles; have gained the capacity to discuss the relativistic paradoxes in an informed way; have a basic knowledge of our current understanding of the beginnings, nature, and fate of the Universe; be aware of the current uncertainties in cosmology. Students will also have developed skills in: analysing physical problems geometrically; thinking logically in a theory at odds with common experience; communicating and interpreting complex results; the use of mathematics to solve complex problems; interpreting mathematical results and presenting them in written form; strengthening the ability to make verbal and visual presentations of their results; working in a team environment.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work and reports: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Anthony Lun

Contact hours

The equivalent of three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015. Recommended: MTH2032

Prohibitions

ASP2052, ASP3042, ASP3052, ASP3121, MAT3061 or MAT3142


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Synopsis

This unit consists of three lecture sub-units and a practical component:

  • Nuclear physics: nuclear stability, shell model and angular momentum, radioactive decay selection rules, the neutrino and Fermi theory of beta decay, nuclear force;
  • Evolution of massive stars and synthesis of chemical elements; creation of supernova remnants and neutron stars, and types of continuum and line emission produced; interpreting X-ray spectra in relation to physical and chemical properties of these objects;
  • Elementary particles: spin, parity, isotopic spin, strangeness and baryon/lepton number, conservation laws of the fundamental interactions, symmetry theories.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  • describe nuclear systematics, nuclear models and nuclear structure;
  • understand the evolution and nucleosynthesis in massive stars; continuum radiation, collisional plasmas and atomic line emission in X-ray band from supernova remnants; nuclear processes as the supernova shock wave propagates through the star;
  • relate observed X-ray spectra to structure and dynamics of supernova remnants and neutron stars:
  • describe the properties of elementary particles, their interactions and role in cosmological evolution;
  • undertake computation and analysis quantifying nuclear, stellar and particle properties;
  • present results, analysis and critical discussion based on a selected astrophysics topic.

Assessment

Examinations (4.5 hours at 1.5 hours each): 72%
Assignments and Practical: 28%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of 2 hours tutorial/practical per week

Prerequisites

PHS2011, PHS2022, MTH2032, and either MTH2010 or MTH2015

Prohibitions

PHS3062


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Brown

Synopsis

This unit gives students theoretical background and practical experience in modern observational astronomy. ASP3231 students study telescope optics, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, image processing, statistics, astronomical distances, stellar evolution, extra-solar planets, neutron stars and galaxies. An observational project, including an astronomical observing session and analysis of the observations, comprises a substantial component of ASP3231.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to operate an astronomical telescope; obtain CCD images of celestial objects; process and calibrate images using the techniques of research astronomy; utilise photometry to understand the nature of celestial objects; utilise spectra to measure the distances, masses and temperatures of celestial objects; utilise statistics to constrain measurements and test hypotheses; understand the operation of CCDs; understand telescope design, including telescopes operating beyond the visible wavelength range; describe and characterise the performance of astronomical spectrographs; describe the impact of the atmosphere on astronomical observations; understand how adaptive optics improves the angular resolution of astronomical images; complete a substantial observational project and written report as a member of a team.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 40%
Laboratory: 15%
Project: 35%
Assignments: 10%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory/project component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Brown

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week, 4 hours laboratory or project sessions per week on average (including night-time observing)

Prerequisites

ASP2011 or PHS2011 or PHS2022


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

Research project and Literature Review.

Assessment

Research project (comprising written report and oral presentation): 83.3%
Literature review (comprising written report and oral presentation): 16.7%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

ASP4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in Astrophysics and related fields, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students:

  1. will have gained an advanced understanding of Astrophysics and related disciplines;
  2. will be able to apply their knowledge of these disciplines and critical thinking skills to the solution of problems in these fields;
  3. will be able to present results and discuss topics in this field professionally;
  4. will be able make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;
  5. will be able to plan and efficiently carry out work requirements.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations): 16.7% each

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Contact hours

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites

ASP4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Danijel Belusic

Synopsis

Climate change is an area of modern science with a very high public profile and important implications for people, society and environment. This unit examines natural climate variability, human-induced climate change, and the controversies surrounding our effect on climate.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand: the application of conservation of energy to the earth/atmosphere system and how it defines the earth's climate; the physical processes that have a significant impact on the climate; the response of the atmosphere and ocean radiative forcing; the role of the atmosphere and ocean in climate variability; how human activity, since the industrial revolution, has affected the climate; how these basic scientific principles are turned into modern climate models. Students will also be able to demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, laboratory skills, communication skills and team work as appropriate for the discipline of atmospheric science.

Assessment

Final Examination (3 hours): 60%
In-semester tests and laboratories: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Danijel Belusic

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time.

Prohibitions

ATM1010


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hamish Ramsay

Synopsis

This unit examines the physical processes that produce our weather. Weather phenomena such as tropical cyclones, tornadoes, lightning, bushfires and hailstorms will be covered. The unit will also explore the hydrological cycle and pollution. Ocean phenomena such as currents, waves and tsunamis will be presented as well as discussion on how the weather is forecast.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand; the large scale circulation of the atmosphere and ocean and how these circulations lead to smaller scale phenomena; the motion of water through the atmosphere including the formation of precipitation; the fundamentals of air and ocean pollution; the basic mechanics of weather phenomena such as frontal passages, tropical cyclones, tornadoes and lightning; how weather forecasts are made; basic ocean processes such as currents, waves and tsunamis. At the completion of the unit students will demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, laboratory skills, communication skills and team work as appropriate for the discipline of atmospheric science.

Assessment

Final Examination (three hours): 60%
In-semester tests and laboratories: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hamish Ramsay

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time.

Prohibitions

ATM1010


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Synopsis

The unit provides the opportunity for students to understand the weather and climate of the atmosphere and oceans. Topics discussed include: the characteristics of the atmosphere, radiation and the global energy balance, the greenhouse effect and climate change, the global wind distribution, Hadley circulation, mid-latitude westerlies, global heat and momentum balance, geostrophic wind, thermal wind, extratropical cyclones, anticyclones, fronts and the oceans and their circulations.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the physical basis of the weather and climate on scales ranging from 1000 km up to that of the globe. In particular, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the conservation of energy and momentum as applied to the Earth's climate system; weather prediction; greenhouse climate change; ozone depletion, and other large-scale atmospheric and oceanic phenomena such as the mid-latitude westerlies, frontal systems and ocean gyres.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Field trip, assignments and tests and support-class activities: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and 2 hours of support classes per week (average).

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035, or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATM3022, ATM2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Danijel Belusic

Synopsis

This unit examines cloud processes, the dynamics and prediction of severe storms (including tornadoes and tropical cyclones), the structure and evolution of extra-tropical cyclones and their associated fronts, and the techniques used in forecasting the day-to-day weather.

Objectives

On completion of ATM2030 students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of: how clouds form and their role in the weather and climate; the dynamics of severe storms, including supercells, tornadoes and tropical cyclones; the structure and evolution of extratropical cyclones and their associated fronts; moist thermodynamics with particular emphasis on forecasting moist convection; how mathematics and atmospheric physics are used to forecast the day-to-day weather, and the inherent limitations in predictability. Students will also have further developed skills in: mathematical modelling and computation; problem solving in a real-life context; scientific communication; and an awareness of the relevance of science to modern society.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work, assignments and tests: 40%
Students are required to satisfactorily complete the laboratory work and pass the final examination.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Danijel Belusic

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour computer laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035. ATM2020 is also recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Synopsis

The earth's surface directly influences our climate and weather. This unit explores climates found at the land surface in terms of the exchanges of radiation, heat, water, and carbon dioxide. We examine how atmospheric processes interact with the physical properties of different surfaces to produce distinctive climates, including natural and human-modified environments. Natural environments of increasing complexity are considered (from simple desert and water bodies, to vegetated surfaces and non-uniform terrain). Relevant examples are drawn from ongoing research particularly in Australia. Emphasis is placed on gaining practical skills through laboratory exercises and a weekend field trip.

Objectives

In successfully participating in this subject students will show that they:

  1. understand the nature of cycling of energy, water and carbon dioxide in the earth-atmosphere system and the place of the atmospheric boundary layer in that larger system;
  2. have an understanding of the development of distinctive boundary layer climates based on knowledge of atmospheric processes and their interaction with the physical properties of different surfaces;
  3. have an appreciation of time and space scales as they relate to atmospheric phenomena, along with the complexity of environmental processes;
  4. have a grounding in some of the contemporary climate debates, obtained both through course work and reading and understanding the relevant scientific literature;
  5. have developed an understanding of the use of instrumentation and methodologies employed in boundary layer climate research, along with an appreciation of the complexity of, and difficulties associated with, field-based research.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 25%
Mid-semester test: 5%
Examination (2 hours): 35%
Practical reports (6 x 2-hour practicals): 25%
Fieldtrip report: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Contact hours

3 hours per week on average (2 lectures per week and one 2-hour practical per fortnight) plus one 2-day field excursion

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in geography and environmental science, mathematics, earth sciences, biology, environmental science or permission

Prohibitions

ATS2776


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jason Beringer and colleagues

Synopsis

A multidisciplinary approach to the nature, causes and future implications of climatic change and variability. This is a team taught unit. Emphasis is placed on processes such as rapid climate change, greenhouse warming, carbon cycle, monsoon activity and the El Nino/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) phenomenon which are of greatest global concern. Contributions of fossil, historical and instrumental data are critically assessed and social, economic, political and broad environmental implications of predicted future changes are evaluated in terms of the significance for biotic communities and human society. Analysis of paleo, historical and current environmental data forms is a core.

Objectives

The course aims to provide a background in how climate has changed in the past and how it is likely to change in the future. After completing the unit student will be expected to:

  1. Understand the concept of climate change and how this varies from climate variability
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of how climate changes across different timescales (geological, centennial, decadal to annual)
  3. Illustrate the mechanisms and feedbacks that influence climate change
  4. Show an awareness of the social and political context to climate change and the impacts, adaptation and mitigation of such change.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 35%
Practical reports (6 hours): 30%
Essay (2000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Contact hours

3 hours per week on average (two lectures per week and one 2-hour practical per fortnight) plus a 1-day field excursion

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in geography and environmental science, mathematics, earth sciences, biology, environmental science or permission

Prohibitions

ATM3250, GES2860, GES3860


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Steven Siems

Synopsis

Physical meteorology examines the major physical forces that affect the behaviour of the atmosphere, specifically radiative transfer and precipitation. The radiative transfer section focuses on the scattering, absorption and emission of radiant energy within the atmosphere and how this knowledge is exploited by remote satellite and ground-based instrumentation. The cloud microphysics section focuses on the development of precipitation, as well as the interaction between clouds and aerosols.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate: an understanding of the development of precipitation through nucleation, condensation and then collision and coalescence; an understanding of the basic principles of long wave and short wave radiative transfer and apply these principles to weather radar and satellite imagery. Students will also be able to demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, laboratory skills, communication skills and teamwork as appropriate for the discipline of atmospheric science.

Assessment

Final Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work, assignment and tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Steven Siems

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time.

Prerequisites

ATM2030

Co-requisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015

Prohibitions

ATM3010


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Reeder

Synopsis

The motion of a density-stratified fluid in a rotating frame of reference; important parameters and their magnitudes; 'homogeneous flows' in the atmosphere and ocean; shallow-water and Rossby-wave motion; western boundary currents; gradient-wind balance and vortex motion; dynamics of stratified fluids, including stability, blocking, internal gravity waves and thermal-wind balance.

Objectives

Upon the completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the equations of fluid motion in an inertial reference frame, and be able to extend them to both a rotating frame of reference and a density-stratified fluid;
  2. appreciate how to approximate the full equations in circumstances which are relevant to motions in the atmosphere and/or oceans of various scales;
  3. recognise the constraints that rotation places on fluid motion and understand how this affects the motion of the atmosphere and ocean;
  4. understand the dynamics of wave motions, including Rossby waves, and be able to determine and interpret the group velocity of a dispersive wave disturbance;
  5. recognise the role of rotation in atmospheric vortices of different scales;
  6. appreciate the key effects introduced by density stratification, including stability, blocking and the dynamics of internal gravity waves;
  7. be able to interpret observational data and recognise evidence of the dynamics that were examined in the approximated theoretical analysis related to objectives 3-6 above;
  8. be able to communicate clearly the key concepts covered in the unit, both verbally and in written form.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments: 20%
In-semester tests and support-class activities: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015. Recommended: ATM2020 and ATM2030.

Co-requisites

MTH2032 (or equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Synopsis

This unit will deal with human global change and the impacts, interactions and feedbacks within the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, soils, water, and biota. The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water, carbon, nitrogen and other biogeochemical cycles. We will view the earth system across local to global spatial scales. Processes and cycles will be viewed across geological and historical time scales. Humans as agents of change will be addressed.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

Assessment

Examinations (2 hours): 40%
Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
Research study report (2500 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, three hours of seminars and two hours research based activities per fortnight

Prerequisites

One or more of GES2190, GES2130, GES2210, GES2170, ATM2211, ATM2022, ESC2042, ESC2022, BIO2051 or BIO2082.

Prohibitions

GES3890, GES4890


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Isaac

Synopsis

Urbanisation has profound influences on cities that causes local changes in climate including increased temperature (the Urban Heat Island). Additional impacts include reduced moisture, modified urban waterways, and reduced vegetation. Moreover, urbanisation is linked to hazards such as poor air quality and heat related illnesses. These matters are of particular concern in the context of climate change. This unit will provide an understanding of the relevant physical processes and impacts, along with the associated technological, and socio-political contexts and examine potential solutions by undertaking a sustainable cities approach including the concept of a water sensitive city as an approach to heat mitigation and climate change adaptation. Emphasis is placed on practical, theoretical, observational, analytical and modelling skills developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. appreciate urban climate knowledge and the critical role of water in the urban environment;
  2. be able to apply climate knowledge to issues of urban sustainability and adaptation to climate change;
  3. have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution.

Assessment

Literature review (1000 words): 20%
Practicals (1000 words): 20%
Group or individual project report/presentation (1500 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peter Isaac

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week, one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

Off-campus attendance requirements

One 3-hour practical per fortnight

Prerequisites

18 points of geography and environmental science, atmospheric science at second level or permission of the Head of the School of Geography and Environmental Science. Other interested undergraduate and level four students will need to obtain permission from the Head of the School of Geography and Environmental Science.

Prohibitions

GES3370 or GYM4370


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

Literature review, research project and synoptic meteorology laboratory including meteorological chart discussions.

Assessment

Literature review (comprising written report and oral presentation): 16.7%
Research project (comprising written report and oral presentation): 83.3%
Laboratory compulsory but not otherwise assessed

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

ATM4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in atmospheric science and related fields, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students:

  1. will have gained an advanced understanding of Atmospheric Science and related disciplines;
  2. will be able to apply their knowledge of these disciplines and critical thinking skills to the solution of problems in these fields;
  3. will be able to present results and discuss topics in this field professionally;
  4. will be able make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;
  5. will be able to plan and efficiently carry out work requirements.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations): 16.7% each

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Contact hours

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites

ATM4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janet Macauley

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the action of major classes of biomolecules in biologically and medically relevant systems. Protein structure is related to function in contexts such as blood cells and extracellular matrix. The folding of proteins and the consequences of misfolding, as a cause of disease, are also explored. The mechanism of action of enzymes in medically important systems is examined. Carbohydrates and lipids are examined in the context of their function in diverse cellular compartments and biological membranes, respectively. The techniques used to isolate and study proteins, including their analysis using the tools provided by the new science of bioinformatics, are explored.

Objectives

The specific objectives of the lecture program are to give students a basic understanding of the principles of the structure (especially three-dimensional structure) of molecules associated with the life process and the role of these molecules in the function of living cells; the molecular organisation of cellular structures, especially that of membranes and the role of membranes in cellular metabolism; the physical and biochemical properties of proteins, especially in their roles as enzymes; the isolation, separation and characterisation of biological molecules. The specific objectives of the practical/tutorial/self-directed program are to allow students to develop problem solving skills through the evaluation of biochemical data and to provide students with the understanding and hands-on experience of the basic principles of the measurement of biological molecules; enzymology; and the separation and identification of biological molecules.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%
Evaluation of practicals/ assignments/ self-directed learning exercises: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Janet Macaulay

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

12 points of level one chemistry or level one biology; OR BMS1011; OR CHE2165 and CHM2735. Recommended: VCE Chemistry if Chemistry is not taken at University.

Prohibitions

BTH2741


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janet Macaulay

Synopsis

A general outline of cellular metabolism is provided. The material presented will illustrate normal metabolic pathways and their dysfunction in various human diseases and conditions including diabetes, alcoholism, starvation, glycogen storage diseases and juvenile developmental problems. The biochemical basis of hormonal regulation and nutrition, in both famine and disease, is presented.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have a basic understanding of the principals of utilisation of energy by mammalian organisms; the biosynthesis and breakdown of major biological molecules; the cellular metabolism and the regulation and integration of metabolic processes in tissues; and the biochemical basis of nutrition. The specific objectives of the small group teaching and practical exercise program will enable students to develop problem-solving skills through the evaluation of biochemical data, to develop skills in the presentation of data and scientific ideas both verbally and in writing and to have an understanding and hands-on experience of the basic principles of the measurement of biological molecules in the context of cellular metabolism.

Assessment

On-line MCQ quizzes: 10%
Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Evaluation of practicals/assignments/case studies: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Janet Macaulay

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

12 points of first level chemistry or 12 points of first level biology; or BMS1011 or BCH2011

Prohibitions

BTH2757, BMS2021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Phil Bird

Synopsis

This unit provides an advanced understanding of the structure-function of the individual structural organelles and components of the cell in the context of cell biology and disease processes. Topics include the cytoskeleton, the formation of the membranes, the intra-cellular trafficking of proteins, the cellular internalization/export of proteins. Over-riding themes of this subject are:

  1. to view the cell as a dynamic unit composed of a series of interacting organelles; and
  2. to understand the cell as a semi-independent biological entity in constant contact and communication with the extracellular environment and with other cells in multi-cellular organisms.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the biochemistry and molecular biology of cellular membranes; achieve a detailed understanding of the structure and function of subcellular organelles including the nucleus, mitochondria, peroxisomes, endoplasmic reticulum and golgi, and lysosomes in health and disease; understand the various aspects of intracellular and extracellular vesicle trafficking; comprehend the basis of many types of molecular machines that exist in cell biology; achieve a broad view of the importance of the discipline to current advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine; develop skills in the use of routine and advanced biochemistry laboratory equipment, procedures and techniques; manipulate and interpret biochemical data; be able to source information in the scientific literature on particular topics related to the discipline; develop skills in the communication of scientific information associated with this discipline by verbal and written means and by poster displays.

Assessment

One examination (3 hours): 60%
Evaluation of practicals and syndicate sessions/data assessment/oral presentations undertaken in the weekly practical/tutorial/self-directed learning sessions: 30%
Evaluation of mentored literature review (essay): 10%

A pass in the practicals and syndicate sessions must be obtained to pass the unit. The essay must be submitted to pass the unit. If either of these requirements are not met, the student will be awarded, at maximum, 49N for the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Phillip Bird

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 4-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

One of BMS1021, BCH2011, BCH2022, MOL2011 or MOL2022

Prohibitions

BTH3741


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Rod Devenish

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of DNA as the genetic component of organisms and cells, encompassing the information content, the organisation of DNA sequences, and expression of this information into RNA and proteins. Topics include global aspects of genome organisation and expression outcomes (genomics and proteomics, respectively). Other themes include the molecular diagnosis and treatment of human genetic disease using smart technologies such as gene therapy, DNA vaccines and novel therapeutics, and new information contributing to treatment deriving from genome mining.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the molecular biology of genome structure; understand advanced concepts of the regulation of gene expression; understand the application of recombinant DNA technology to the diagnosis and treatment of human disease; understand the application of new information, derived particularly from the Human Genome Project, to biotechnology and biomedicine; have developed a broad view of the importance of the discipline to current advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine; have developed skills, both technical and time/task-management, in the use of routine and advanced biochemistry laboratory equipment and performing a series of experimental procedures; be able to manipulate and interpret experimental data; be able to source information in the scientific literature and on the web concerning particular topics related to the discipline; have developed skills in the communication of scientific information associated with the discipline by verbal and written means and by poster displays involving teamwork co-operation in preparation and presentation.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55%
Essay (2000 words): 15%
Evaluation of practicals and syndicate sessions/ data assessment/ oral presentations (30%) will take place weekly during the semester in the practical/ tutorial/ self-directed learning sessions

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Rod Devenish

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour practical/ peer-group or self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

One of the following BCH2011, BCH2022, BMS2062, MOL2011, MOL2022

Prohibitions

BTH3757


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alfons Lawen

Synopsis

This unit provides an advanced understanding of the molecular aspects of cell proliferation, cell signalling, differentiation and cell death as they relate to cell biology and medicine, in particular cancer. Themes include basic mechanisms of cell signalling involving cell receptors, gene expression, hormones and endocrine networks, and intracellular signalling cascade. These concepts are applied to cell growth, differentiation and cell death and how the involvement of the immune system is regulated in diseases, including auto-immune diseases, cancer (and its treatment) and the destruction of T-cells after human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the basic mechanisms of cell signalling; have achieved a detailed understanding of disordered intracellular signalling and its role on the development of cancer; understand the various aspects of the immune system in relation cell signalling and infectious disease; understand the role of programmed cell death in differentiation and disease; have achieved a broad view of the importance of the discipline to current advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine; have developed skills, both technical and time/task-management, in the use of routine and advanced biochemistry laboratory equipment and performing a series of experimental procedures; be able to manipulate and interpret experimental data; be able to source information in the scientific literature and on the web concerning particular topics related to the discipline; have developed skills in the communication of scientific information associated with the discipline by verbal and written means and by poster displays.

Assessment

Examination (1 x 3 hours): 55%
On-line MCQ quizzes: 10%
Evaluation of practicals: 20%
Research paper analysis: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alfons Lawen

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials/revisions and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/ self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

One of BCH2011, BCH2022, CEL2012, MOL2011, MOL2022; or BMS2021 or BMS2042

Prohibitions

BTH3746


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Steve Bottomley

Synopsis

The course will give students an advanced understanding of protein structure-function in the context of human disease. Major themes relate the various levels of protein structure to their wide ranging functions, introduce modern techniques used in the analysis of structure and function, and explore the rapidly developing area of protein-related biotechnologies and drug design. Topics to be covered include examples of aberrations in protein structure that lead to alteration in function in a variety of biological contexts, emphasizing disease. Additionally the use of bioinformatics in aiding our understanding of protein sequence, structure and function will be highlighted.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students will comprehend the hierarchical levels of protein structure, function and biological activity; understand the principles of conformational dynamics of protein structure and interactions; appreciate the areas of biotechnology including the use of proteomics, combinatorial libraries and protein design; have developed a broad view of the importance of protein structure and function to current advances in biology, bioinformatics, biotechnology and medicine; understand the principles of practical applications of database searching, genome analysis, sequence alignments and phylogeny; have developed skills, both technical and time/task-management, in the use of routine and advanced biochemistry laboratory equipment and performing a series of experimental procedures; be able to manipulate and interpret experimental data; be able to source information in the scientific literature and on the web concerning particular topics related to protein structure and function; have developed skills in communication of scientific information associated with protein structure and function by verbal and written means.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Practicals and assignments: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Steve Bottomley

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures and 4 hours of laboratory or tutorial sessions per week

Prerequisites

One of BCH2011, BCH2022, MOL2011, MOL2022 or BMS2021 or BMS2062

Prohibitions

BTH3741


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Price

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Biochemistry. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Biochemistry. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills and attributes: review scientific literature in biochemistry, including the ability to identify key information in this area; access databases for provision of information; presentation of oral reports; construction of written reports; manage workloads to meet deadlines; work with a significant degree of independence; plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results; perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations; maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor and gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr John Price

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of Biochemistry. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction over 24 points at second year level.


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will research literature relevant to their topic, carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about the research projects is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during the second semester of third year.

Assessment

Literature review (5000 words): 15%
Research project (40000 words): 70%)
Oral presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole

Co-requisites

BCH4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4100

Assessment

Refer to BCH4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4100

Assessment

Refer to BCH4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Students attend a lecture series on Advanced Topics in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Students also orally present a critique of a journal article which is distinct from their research topic in BCH4100.

Assessment

Two data assessment examinations: 70%
Oral presentation of journal article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole

Co-requisites

BCH4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4200

Assessment

Refer to BCH4200

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4200

Assessment

Refer to BCH4200

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gerry Rayner and Dr Coral Warr (Clayton); Associate Professor Chow Sek Chuen (Sunway)

Synopsis

A study of animal and plant biology and diversity from genes to whole organisms. The structure and function of plant and animal cells is examined with an emphasis on energy fixation, storage and usage. Principles of genetics, including advances in molecular biology, and current views of evolutionary processes and ecology are integrated into a structured course that offers considerable feedback on progress and opportunities for self paced learning. The subject matter of BIO1011 is continued and expanded in BIO1022 and BIO1042.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand biological processes from the level of cell biochemistry to whole organism biology; diversity and evolutionary processes as a basis for further study in biological and biomedical disciplines; develop skills in library research; develop a critical approach to scientific methods; develop skills in using basic laboratory equipment; develop skills in data evaluation and presentation.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 40%
Practical work: 30%
Essay: 10%
Mini quizzes: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gerry Rayner

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical

Prohibitions

BMS1021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gerry Rayner (Clayton); Associate Professor Song Keang Peng (Sunway)

Synopsis

A study of the biology of whole organisms, organ systems and cells, including molecular genetics, and the effect of environmental parameters on biological functions. The biology of microbes and animals is emphasised. Ecological factors that are biologically important at the level of integrated whole organisms and at cellular, subcellular, and biochemical levels are considered for each organism under study. As for BIO1011 the unit is structured to encourage self paced learning with considerable feed back on individual performance.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have a good understanding of microbial diversity, molecular genetics and genetic engineering and the biochemistry and physiology of organ systems, including homeostasis, nervous and muscular-skeletal systems, animal reproduction and development and nutrition. Students will gain further skills in laboratory procedures and techniques, including Gram staining, gel electrophoresis, and spectrophotometry. Students will also gain skills in data analysis and the use of computer software for such. Interactive practicals include topics in field biology and the structure of the mammalian reproductive system. Finally, students will further their skills in using library facilities, including the use of research databases.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 40%
Practical work: 30%
Essay:10%
Mini quizzes: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gerry Rayner

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical

Prerequisites

BIO1011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gerry Rayner

Synopsis

A study of the biosphere, environmental conditions and their effects on animals, plants and communities; responses of organisms to environmental conditions; interactions between plants and animals; environmental genetics and microbiology; management of biological resources; and an introduction to ecology and the impact of humans on the environment. As for BIO1011 the unit is structured to encourage self-paced learning with considerable feedback on individual performance.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand how humans interact with their biological environment; appreciate the diversity of plants, animals and their habitats; develop skills to assess the biological health of the environment; appreciate the special multidisciplinary nature of research in environmental biology; have developed skills to carry out and write up a research project; and will have skills in analysis and the presentation of quantitative information in environmental biology.

Assessment

Examinations (2.5 hours): 40%
Practical work: 30%
Essay: 10%
Miniquizzes: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gerry Rayner

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or tutorial equivalent) per week


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

This unit aims to present normal physiological function of the major organ systems in vertebrates. The emphasis is on the study of discrete cell populations and organs within each system and the integration of these systems to meet the needs of the functioning organism. The relationship between structure and function is an underlying theme of the course. Laboratory and tutorial classes are divided into two streams: the human/ medical stream or the animal/ veterinary stream; students select the stream appropriate to their study program and interests.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to recognise the major anatomical features of the vertebrate body; describe the normal physiological function of the major systems of vertebrates; describe the behaviour of individual cell populations within each of these systems; appreciate the integration of the activities of individual cell population to create a functioning system; understand the control mechanisms which operate within each system and within the functioning organism; measure physiological responses under a range of experimental conditions and choose appropriate reference material to interpret these responses.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (theory): 25%
End-of-semester test (theory): 45%
Practical work (assessed by attitude and performance in the lab and by laboratory reports submitted throughout the semester): 30%
A pass in both theory and practical work is mandatory to pass this subject.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week, plus eight 3-hour laboratory exercises every semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students complete laboratory component using home experimental kits. Optional weekend schools also offered.

Prohibitions

BIO1022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

This unit begins with a study of the molecules making up the cell: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids. This forms the basis for the consideration of cell structure and function. The principles of cellular organisation, cellular metabolism and genetics are introduced. The laboratory program illustrates fundamental aspects of the theory course.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to sketch a representative animal and/or plant cell; recognise cell organelles and state their function; draw representative structures for each of the major classes of biological macromolecules; appreciate the roles of biological macromolecules in living cells; demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between macromolecular structure and function; discuss the cooperative action of the biological macromolecules responsible for cell function such as membrane transport processes and cell division; recognise common features of energy transduction systems in plant and animal cells; acquire basic laboratory skills eg measurement of mass, volume and time, recording and interpretation of experimental data, report writing.

Assessment

Mid-semester test and final examination: 70%
Practical work 30%
A pass in both the theory and practical components is mandatory

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week, six 3-hour laboratory classes per semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students complete laboratory component using home experimental kits

Prohibitions

BIO1011, ASC1626, GAS1185, BIO1626


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Lancaster (Clayton); Dr Catherine Yule (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to ecology; the scientific study of the interactions between organisms and their environment. Ecology and biodiversity forms the foundation for understanding conservation and the management of genetics, species and ecosystem diversity. The approach taken is to address core ecological theory, but with an emphasis on contemporary management issues and applications. Topics include the scope and approaches of ecological enquiry; abiotic and biotic factors determining distributions; population growth and regulation; species interactions; patterns and maintenance of biodiversity; food web analysis; disturbance and succession; and production ecology and nutrient cycling. Particular emphasis is placed on integrating ecological processes across spatial and temporal scales. Practical work can be completed through team-based projects conducted during a pre-semester field camp, or on two day field excursions (Clayton: weekends, Sunway: Friday to Sunday) during the semester, together with in-laboratory practical sessions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the modern scope of scientific inquiry in the field of ecology.
  2. Describe the differences in the structure and function of different types of ecosystems.
  3. Identify and describe the fundamental drivers of patterns in diversity at local, landscape and global scales.
  4. Explain the main limitations on patterns of energy flow through natural food webs and ecosystems.
  5. Quantitatively describe patterns in populations and communities.
  6. Apply basic ecological sampling techniques in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and be proficient in summarising and reporting that data in the format of a scientific paper.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 45%
Continuous assessment (quizzes): 10%
Practical assessment (two 1500 word project reports): 30%
Population ecology exercise: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jill Lancaster

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical or equivalent

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units, which includes 6 points from BIO or GES units or one of ATS1301, ATS1309 or ATS1310.
For Bachelor of Environmental Engineering students only: ENE1621 (Environmental engineering) will be required as either a prerequisite or a corequisite unit. Also, BIO2040 is a pre-requisite unit together with 24 points of level one units instead of the rule outlined above.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Martin Burd

Synopsis

The historical development of evolutionary ideas and the processes of natural selection as currently understood. Theories and techniques of reconstructing evolutionary history and the use of these approaches as tools for addressing practical problems. The history of life on earth and the role of evolutionary events such as mass extinctions and adaptive radiations in that history. Developmental and genetic processes in evolutionary change. Adaptation in the natural world.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will learn the historical development of the theory of evolution and the evidence for the occurrence of evolution; understand the fundamental processes of evolution; be familiar with the major evolutionary events in the history of life, including chemical origins, emergence of eukaryotes, metazoans, and vertebrates, and mass extinctions; and understand the principles of classifying organic diversity and the techniques for inferring the evolutionary relationships of organisms.

Assessment

Mid-semester theory examination (2 hours): 25%
Final theory examination (2 hours): 25%
Practical assignments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Martin Burd

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical or equivalent

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Chapple

Synopsis

This unit deals with threats to the environment associated with human activities and potential solutions to redress their impacts. Recent losses of biota have been caused by habitat loss and degradation, climate change and pollution, the introduction of exotic species and overexploitation of natural resources. Science-based conservation measures are explored that may reduce loss of biodiversity/ecosystem function, including habitat preservation and restoration, combating climate change, and intensive conservation of species. We analyse how conservation efforts may involve trade-offs with biological, economic, social and political factors.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: be aware of the key environmental issues currently facing humankind and the role that humans play in environmental degradation and species extinction; have a sound knowledge of conservation techniques that can be used to restore habitats and ecosystem function and reduce species extinctions; understand the special problems involved in trying to conserve endangered species; be able to appreciate the complex political, economic and social issues involved in conservation biology.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 50%
Practical assessment (1 class): 5%
Issues paper (1500 words): 20%
Project: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dave Chapple

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units; except for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Environmental Engineering who are exempt from this rule

Prohibitions

ENV2726, BIO2042


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Sunnucks

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to different kinds of genetic variation and the ways in which they are, and are not, important in fitness of individual organisms and viability of populations. A major distinction is made between functional genetic variation as opposed to the non-functional genetic variation typically used as a source of DNA-based tools to study the biology of organisms and their populations. After exploring these concepts, the unit expands on the control and inheritance of traits that have major influences in the lives of organisms. There follows an investigation of how ecological and conservation genetics is applied to real-world research and biological management, in a coherent progression from fine scale 'wildlife forensics', relatedness, parentage, through 'landscape genetics' to phylogeography and phylogenetics. Recent revolutions in these fields are outlined. The concepts are illustrated by exploration of exciting examples encompassing pure and applied science, including urban ecology, invasion and conservation biology, global change ecology, and associated practical work. We explore the relationship between genetic variation and extinction risk of populations and species. Finally, we investigate how genetic variation in organisms is associated with ecosystem function, ecological community structure and protection against environmental change.

Objectives

After completing this unit the student will:

  1. understand the principles underlying interactions between the genotypes of organisms and their environment;
  2. understand the application of those principles to ecology and conservation management and thus comprehend the roles of this field of study as it applies to society;
  3. be able to apply practical and analytical skills in ecological, evolutionary and conservation genetics involved in the conduct of ecological studies;
  4. be able to apply principles of experimental and survey design, data collection and interpretation, in the field of ecological and conservation genetics;
  5. be able to synthesize and communicate scientific principles and information underlying ecological and conservation genetics in oral and/or written formats.

Assessment

Practical assignments: 30%
Mini-quizzes: 20%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Paul Sunnucks

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and three hours of practical, per week

Prerequisites

12 credit points of level one biology


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jenny Read

Synopsis

This unit surveys diverse plant groups and related organisms, including fungi, algae, bryophytes, ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms. A strong emphasis is placed on angiosperms, the major group of plants in the Australian flora. We discuss the major characteristics of each group, including their reproductive biology, and use key features for plant identification in practical classes. As we move through this diverse range of plants we discuss their evolutionary relationships and the adaptive significance of their key features.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should have gained an understanding of plant diversity and evolutionary relationships within the plant kingdom, a basic knowledge of the Australian flora and developed practical skills in plant identification.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 40%
Practical exam (2 hours): 15%
Continuous assessment (mini quizzes): 10%
Practical assignments: 20%
Plant project: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jenny Read

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ross Thompson

Synopsis

Examines the diversity of animals and organises them in a systematic way using their evolutionary history. We examine a range of representatives from different animal phyla, starting with the structurally simple and progressing to mammals, in the context of emerging and changing patterns in their body plans. These are related to changes in the ecology and diversification within the phyla. Concepts and theories developed during the theory part of the course are developed further in the practical classes. During these interactive sessions use of live material is made for observation and the characters used to group animals into higher taxonomic groups are demonstrated and discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand the origin of animals and how they differ from other living organisms; understand the relationship between animal diversity and evolutionary derived changes in animal body plans; encounter a range of living and preserved invertebrate and vertebrate animals and be able to subsequently identify major animal phyla; have developed skills in library and field research, data and information gathering, collation and organisation suitable for the preparation of a scientific report; developed problem-solving skills in both individual and team setting; mastered basic laboratory techniques associated with examining and handling zoological specimens

Assessment

Final theory exam (2 hours): 35%
Final practical exam (2 hours): 25%
Continuous assessment (miniquizzes): 10%
Practical assignments: 20%
Research project: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ross Thompson

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042 or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Reina

Synopsis

We examine how the form and function of animals enables them to meet their need to survive and reproduce. To do this, animals acquire, process and use energy to cope with challenges in the internal and external environments through a wide variety of physiological, morphological, reproductive and behavioural adaptations. In order to understand unifying principles, we examine the amazing variety of different solutions to common problems that animals encounter. Concepts and theories in lectures are expanded and developed in interactive practical classes where animal, digital sensor and model examples are used.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. be able to describe the relationships between functional anatomy, physiology and behaviour of animals that allow them to survive and reproduce;
  2. have mastered basic laboratory techniques in order to be able to identify morphological features in a range of living and preserved animals and be able to relate these features to their function;
  3. have developed skills in library and field research, data and information gathering, collation and organisation suitable for the preparation of a scientific report;
  4. have developed problem-solving skills in both individual and team settings.

Assessment

Final theory exam (2 hours):35%
Final practical exam (2 hours):25%
Research project:20%
Miniquizzes and reports: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Richard Reina

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or equivalent

Prerequisites

BIO2231 or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Johnstone

Synopsis

This unit deals with the structure and function of plants at different levels of organisation from the cellular to the whole plant. Topics include general plant structure and anatomy, and structural adaptations of plants to different environments. Aspects of plant function and physiology include nutrient and water uptake and transport, gas exchange and assimilation processes and how plant function, plant growth and plant form are modified by interactions with the environment. The link between structure and function of plants is stressed throughout this unit.

Assessment

Theory examination (Two 1-hour exams): 40%
Practical: 40%
Essay: 10%
Miniquizzes: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Beardall

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO2181 or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the anatomy and physiology of the human reproductive system. The changes in structure and function of tissues and organs during embryonic and foetal development will be considered. Relevant pathological states will highlight key aspects of dysfunction. Principles of human inheritance will be studied, with an emphasis on inherited disorders and gene therapy. Finally, students will consider the factors that influence the distribution and maintenance of genes within human populations.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to explain the processes required for reproduction of individual cells and differentiate between meiotic and mitotic cell division; explain the physiology of the male and female reproductive systems, relating it to the general anatomy of these systems; explain how the endocrine system controls reproductive function in the male and the female; demonstrate an understanding of the processes of gametogenesis and fertilization; describe the process of implantation and embryogenesis; describe how organs are formed from the primary germ layers; describe the major stages of prenatal development: pre-embryonic, embryonic and foetal and the major events within these stages; discuss the development of foetal circulatory and respiratory systems and describe the changes that take place in the natal and post-natal period; discuss maternal adaptations to pregnancy; explain the genetic basis of heritable disorders (sex-linked, autosomal dominant, autosomal recessive, spontaneous mutation); explain the role of genetic markers in screening for genetic disease and the potential applications of gene therapy; explain how genetic variation in populations is measured; discuss the roles of gene flow, selection and genetic drift in establishing population characteristics.

Assessment

One major assignment (3000 words): 20%
Case study: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Phillip Brook-Carter

Contact hours

36 hours of lectures and 24 hours of practical/tutorial classes per semester

Prerequisites

BIO1722

Prohibitions

BIO2722


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Freeman

Synopsis

Principles of Physiology will build on the foundations learnt in BIO1711 Vertebrate Biology to examine several physiological systems, with an emphasis on control mechanisms. The unit will consist of four themed sections: Homeostasis and Coordination, Cardiovascular System, Environmental Exchanges and Balance, and Nutrient Exchange and Utilisation. The unit will also explore interactions between systems in the maintenance of homeostasis. Laboratory and tutorial classes are divided into two streams: the human/ medical stream or the animal/ veterinary stream; students select the stream appropriate to their study program and interests.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. explain the concept of homeostasis and the principles of negative and positive feedback mechanisms, illustrated within the context of the neural and endocrine systems;
  2. outline the processing of information within the central nervous system;
  3. describe how the endocrine system acts as a regulatory system within the body;
  4. explain how basic life processes are controlled and integrated through nervous and endocrine activity;
  5. describe the structure and function of the heart, blood and blood vessels, and how the perfusion of the body's tissues is maintained and regulated according to physiological need;
  6. explain how the respiratory system functions to exchange blood gases;
  7. describe how the renal system functions to maintain the body's fluid and electrolyte balance and the extracellular volume;
  8. evaluate the interactions of the respiratory and renal systems in the maintenance of the extracellular pH;
  9. describe how the body satisfies its requirement for energy and appropriate nutrition;
  10. demonstrate practical skills in the measurement of simple physiological parameters and the evaluation and interpretation of experimental data;
  11. demonstrate communication skills through written reports and participation in on line discussion of topics being considered in the unit and display the ability to work effectively in small groups.

Assessment

Workshop assessment: 20%
Case based integration assignment: 20%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Peter Freeman

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour workshop per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Nil

Prerequisites

BIO1711 and BIO1722

Prohibitions

BMS2031, PHY2021 and PHY2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ross Thompson and Dr Patrick Baker (Clayton); Dr Charles Clarke (Sunway)

Synopsis

The philosophy of science. Writing and assessing scientific papers and reports. The analysis and interpretation of biological data, especially the design and analysis of experiments. This unit is a pre-requisite unit for Honours in Biology (BIO4100 and BIO4200).

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand the basic principles underlying the philosophy of science, understand and develop critical, analytical skills in writing, assessing and publishing scientific papers and reports and interpretation of biological data. Students will develop basic skills in the process of obtaining research funding. A specific aim of the unit is for students to develop skills in, and become familiar with design and analysis of experiments and biological sampling programs.

Assessment

Theory examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Practical examination (2 hours):25%
Practical work and assignments: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ross Thompson

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and equivalent of 3 hours laboratory/tutorials per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level 2 BIO, BTH, ENV or GEN units and either SCI1020 or STA1010 or STA2010 or permission. Recommended unit: BIO2011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Beardall

Synopsis

This unit investigates the organisms and the processes that drive marine ecosystems. We deal with the trophic structure of marine ecosystems, including primary and secondary production, microbial loops, food webs and their importance for marine fisheries. The implications of the characteristic life cycles of marine organisms to their geographical distribution are also considered. These topics are placed in the context of specific marine ecosystems including coastal habitats, coral reefs, open oceans, the deep sea and polar ecosystems. The practical component comprises a field trip (fee payable) either to Heron Island in December or the Queenscliff Marine Station in February where students work in small groups on specific aspects of marine biology.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  • describe the diversity and ecological importance of marine life;
  • explain the fundamental physiochemical and physiological processes underlying the productivity of marine environments;
  • describe the ecological dynamics of marine ecosystems;
  • discuss the impact of human activity on the sustainability of marine ecosystems;
  • critically review some of the important current trends in marine biology;
  • employ a critical, analytical approach to scientific research;
  • demonstrate skills in writing scientific reports and in oral communication of scientific information.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Practical work/field work/project work: 40%
Miniquizzes: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Beardall

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory/field work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level 2 BIO including either BIO2181 or BIO2231


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bob Wong

Synopsis

This unit deals with several key areas of animal behaviour. We investigate animal communication systems, with particular emphasis on how signals are produced, transmitted and received, their information content and how they are sometimes used in social manipulation. We then go on to explore the way in which behaviour develops during the animal's early life and the various influences that shape this development before moving on to examine the genetic regulation of behaviour, how behaviour evolves and how we can use comparative methods to study this process. The rest of the unit is then devoted to behavioural ecology which deals with the role of behaviour in the animal's interactions with its environment and the ways in which the environment shapes adaptive behaviour on an evolutionary time scale. Topics covered in this area include foraging and anti-predator behaviour, social organisation, mating systems and parental care.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. describe the mechanisms underlying behaviour;
  2. use examples to explain how behaviour develops and why it is adaptive;
  3. design, conduct and analyse the results of an extended research project, and
  4. effectively communicate findings to a scientific and a general audience in individual and group settings.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Project outline: 5%
Project report: 35%
Group poster presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bob Wong

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours practical work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO units, including BIO2242


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cavagnaro

Synopsis

How plants respond to their environment, from molecular changes in gene expression to effects on communities. Plant development and responses to environmental stresses such as drought, temperature and salinisation, and global climate change. Manipulation of plant performance by means of genetic engineering and the ethical issues involved.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the basic processes governing the ways in which plants respond to their environment, from alterations in patterns of gene expression, through differences in metabolic activities to changes in morphology; have an understanding of the mechanisms by which plants cope with specific stresses in their environments, including drought, salinisation, extreme temperatures and global climate change; have developed a critical, analytical approach to scientific research and have developed skills in writing scientific reports

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 60%
Practical work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tim Cavagnaro

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

12 points BIO, GEN units at level 2 + Recommended: BIO2282

Prohibitions

BIO2082


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Baker

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the factors influencing the distribution, composition and structure of Australian plant communities, and the characteristics of the component plant species. The roles of contemporary environmental and historical factors are discussed. Methods of quantifying community parameters are covered in the practical course. There is a five-day field excursion (to the Grampians) during the Easter break (fee payable).

Objectives

At the end of this unit students should; know the major characteristics of the main Australian vegetation types, understand the basic ecological and historical processes influencing the characteristics of the vegetation types and their component species, appreciate the complexity of interactions occurring within the plant environment, be familiar with the methodological approaches that are used in plant ecology.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Practical report: 30%
Essay: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Patrick Baker

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory plus field work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level 2 BIO including BIO2011 or BIO2051 or by permission + Recommended: BIO2181 and BIO2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ralph MacNally

Synopsis

Ecological knowledge needs to be incorporated in many areas of application, including natural resource management, invasive species responses, and biodiversity and conservation. The unit will focus on teaching core skills in applied ecology that should inform any management process. There is less emphasis on policy and legislative issues, except where they directly affect management decisions. The unit will focus on a range of issues that are of current importance in both academic research areas and also in important new policy developments in Victoria and in Australia generally. The practical component will consist of three projects that directly relate to the three lecture units within the unit.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have a grounding in the principles of landscape ecology, the application of the adaptive management process in natural resource management including ecological-economic trade-offs, issues and possible solutions to threats posed by invasive species, methods of biodiversity management and an understanding of the need to cater for genetic variation and evolutionary potential. Students will have a firm grounding in the ecological theory on which natural resource management is based. Students will become familiar with some of the techniques available to managers and decision-makers, be able to critically evaluate management techniques, be aware that management is conducted within a socio-economic framework, and be familiar with some of the main issues confronting biological resource managers today. They will be able to express informed opinions on the economic, ethical and political considerations of resource management.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Practical reports (three, 10% each): 30%
Feedback assignments (five, 2% each): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ralph MacNally

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

BIO2040 or BIO2042, and BIO2011, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Jennifer Davis

Synopsis

The ecology of the abiotic and biotic components of freshwater ecosystems, especially the dynamics of energy and nutrients, the trophic structure and interspecific interactions, and the patterns and regulation of diversity in the aquatic ecosystems. The effects of disturbances, both natural and human-generated. Management problems, especially restoration and conservation strategies. The practical component includes a weekend field excursion (fee payable).

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have a grounding in the physico-chemical attributes of freshwater systems and an understanding of how these attributes influence the ecological structure and function of these systems. Students will come to understand the nature of important ecological components in freshwater systems, such trophic structures and subsidies, types and strengths of interspecific interactions, and the role of disturbance. Students will also understand how ecological knowledge can be applied to help resolve resource management problems such as restoration and the impacts of invading species.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Practical work/field excursion: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jennifer Davis

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory plus field work per week

Prerequisites

BIO2011 or BIO2051, and either BIO2231 or BIO2181.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Johnstone

Synopsis

The diversity and biology of Australian vertebrates will be investigated in relation to biogeographical history and ecology of the region. The course examines the biology of Australian vertebrates as examples of the physiological, behavioural and nutritional adaptations that animals around the world develop in response to environmental challenges. Specific topics will include; life history strategies of birds and mammals with particular emphasis on marsupials, clutch size in birds and the relationship to latitude, cooperative breeding in birds, physiological adaptations to temperate and arid conditions, and feeding adaptations in relation to the evolution of dietary resources.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should have; development of an understanding of the historical factors that have influenced the evolution of the Australian vertebrate fauna; development of an understanding of the significance of physiological, behavioural and nutritional adaptations in vertebrates in relation to their ecology; development of an introductory knowledge of techniques for investigating the functional biology of organisms; development of skills in oral and visual communication of biological concepts

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Written reports: 40%
Oral presentation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Richard Reina

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours of practical and/or field work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO units, including BIO2242.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor John Hamill (Deputy: Dr Amanda Walmsley)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced knowledge and practical skills in plant and cellular biotechnology. Coverage of key current and emerging topics in the subject area will include recombinant DNA methodology and genomics; plant cell and algal in vitro culture methods; cellular physiology and development; industrial exploitation using bioprocessing procedures; nutritional enhancement and elevated tolerance to environmental stress in crops; engineering of metabolism; production of innovative vaccines; rhizosphere biotechnology and bioremediation of unhealthy environments; ethical, legal and commercial aspects of genetically altered plants and bioproducts.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the vast scope of plant and cellular biotechnology and appreciate its potential for improvement of the human condition and maintenance of a healthy environment - both in the Australian context and globally. Students will further develop their capacity to evaluate critically the current literature in this fast moving subject area. Also, students will have increased ability to plan experiments and collect and collate their own experimental data and present it for assessment. In undertaking experimental analyses, students will also acquire advanced practical skills of relevance to plant and cellular biotechnology industries within Australia and internationally.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Practical performance and report writing during semester: 25%
Research technique summary (500 words): 7.5%
Oral presentation: 7.5%
Essay: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof John Hamill

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and one tutorial per week, plus 36 hours of practical work per semester

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042; plus 12 points of level two units chosen from BIO2082, BIO2181, BIO2282, BCH2011, BCH2022, any BTH2XXX unit, GEN2041, GEN2052, MOL2011, MOL2022, MIC2011 and MIC2022

Prohibitions

BTH3611


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Catherine Yule

Synopsis

This unit examines the biology of tropical aquatic ecosystems. It focuses on South East Asia, (the Malaysian region in particular) but will also encompass aquatic environments in other parts of the tropics. The ecology and diversity of communities in coral reefs, oceans, sandy and rocky shores, estuaries, lakes, rivers and swamps is examined. The students will gain an understanding of the physical and chemical factors that affect these environments. Conservation and management issues such as the impacts of tourism, pollution, fisheries, wetland drainage and river regulation are studied.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained an introduction to the diversity and ecology of freshwater and marine environments in the tropics with particular reference to the Malaysian region. The students will gain an understanding of the conservation and management issues relating to aquatic ecosystems. The students will develop skills to design and analyse sampling programs to examine the flora and fauna of aquatic habitats and to assess changes.

Assessment

Essay: 15%
Class presentation: 5%
Mid-semester test: 20%
Field trip assignment: 5%
Field trip practical report: 20%
Final examination: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Yule

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour practical session or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011, BIO1022. Recommended: BIO2011

Prohibitions

SCM3011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryConnect (Explore Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Catherine Yule (Sunway); Dr Patrick Baker (Clayton)

Synopsis

This subject examines the biology of terrestrial tropical ecosystems. It focuses on South East Asia, the Malaysian region in particular, with its diverse habits including lowland dipterocarp forest, peat swamp forests, montane cloud forests, heath forests, limestone vegetation and karst with associated cave formations. In terms of biodiversity, the Indo-Malaysian region is one of the richest in the world, and factors influencing the high biodiversity will be examined. Students will gain an understanding of the importance of climate, nutrient cycling, disturbance, and forest dynamics, on the ecology of tropical plants and animals. Conservation and management issues such as conflicting land-use requirements, peat swamp drainage, logging and fire are discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the diversity, structure and function of a range of tropical ecosystems;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of conservation and management issues relating to tropical ecosystems;
  3. demonstrate and understand the importance of climate, nutrient cycling, disturbance and forest dynamics, on the ecology of tropical plants and animals;
  4. design, analyse and undertake sampling programs to examine the flora and fauna of tropical habitats;
  5. demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills;
  6. make effective oral and visual presentations;
  7. work collaboratively and effectively in teams.

Assessment

Essay: 20%
Mid-semester test: 20%
Field trip project: 30%
Final exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Yule

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week (or equivalent), plus one 5-day field trip (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO1011, and one of BIO1022 or BIO1042. Recommended: BIO2011

Prohibitions

SCM3022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Summer); Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson (Semester One and Two)

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to a major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis, seminar attendance. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition students must have a distinction average across 24 points of level 2 BIO/GEN units, including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

SCI3740, SCI3739, GEN3990


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Clayton: Dr Tim Cavagnaro (Semester 1), Dr Dave Chapple (Semester 2); Sunway: Dr Charles Clarke (Semester 1 and 2)

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Students will present the results of their research project in a seminar. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinators and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Research project with written report on the results: 93%
Seminar based on research project 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tim Cavagnaro (First semester)
Dr Dave Chapple (Second semester)

Prerequisites

BIO3011 or by permission of the Head of School

Co-requisites

BIO4200 or BIO4280


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cavagnaro (Semester 1), Dr Dave Chapple (Semester 2)

Synopsis

Students submit an essay on an advanced topic in biology that is distinct from the topic of the BIO4100/GEN4100 research project. In addition, they will attend lectures and complete practice exercises in Advanced Data Analysis. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Lectures and exercises in Advanced Data Analysis: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tim Cavagnaro (First semester)
Dr Dave Chapple (Second semester)

Prerequisites

BIO3011 or by permission of the Head of School

Co-requisites

BIO4100 or GEN4100


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Charles Clarke

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in biology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in biology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. complete assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

BIO3011

Co-requisites

BIO4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne

Synopsis

The science of biotechnology and the structure of the industry and the relationship between academic research and commercial biotechnology will be explored. Particular emphasis will be placed on the development of biotechnology in Australia and Asian countries. The unit will help prepare students to pursue careers in biotechnology.

Objectives

Students develop knowledge of or skill at: what biotechnology is; the science contributing to biotechnology; the structure of the biotechnology industry; Australian biotechnology; regional biotechnology; communication; conducting investigations; scientific thinking and problem solving technique; working in teams.

Assessment

Assignments (written and oral): 75%
Laboratory reports: 20%
Tutorial presentation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lynne Mayne

Contact hours

Two x 1-hour lectures per week, one x 2-hour tutorial per week, one x 4-hour laboratory session every third week

Prohibitions

BTH1802


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter (Gippsland); Dr Kumaran Narayanan (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit will cover classical and modern biotechnology, including recent developments in molecular biology and its applications in such diverse areas as agriculture, forestry, food, medicine and marine sciences. This includes an introduction to bio-prospecting and pharmaceuticals; genomics, proteomics and bio-informatics; environmental and industrial biotechnology and the current issues and concerns surrounding biotechnology. Related topics such as human genome project, risk assessment, bio-safety and genetically modified organisms and crops, cloning, patents, ethics intellectual property rights and the regulatory framework for biotechnology in various countries will be discussed.

Objectives

At the conclusion of this unit students will have an understanding of the essential techniques and the basic principles of molecular biology and recombinant DNA technology that are required for biotechnology; be familiar with the applications of biotechnology; and be well-informed of the fundamental ethical and regulatory issues surrounding this discipline.

Assessment

Final examination: 50%
Quizzes: 15%
Tutorial activities: 15%
Web pages: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kumaran Narayanan

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three 1-hour online tutorials per week

Prohibitions

BTH1011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to intellectual property law and to the major regulatory regimes relevant to biotechnology research, development and commercialization. Ethical issues and controversies relating to biotechnology will also be examined. Students will be encouraged to develop strategies to identify and pursue career paths post graduation.

Objectives

Students will develop knowledge of or skills at: Australian and major international intellectual property law regimes; biotechnology regulation; societal issues relating to biotechnology; approaches to career development; literature research; teamwork; and oral and written communication.

Assessment

Assignments (Total of 4500 words): 45%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
Oral Presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lynne Mayne

Contact hours

Two one-hour lectures per week and one two-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTH1011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter (Gippsland); Dr Lim Siew Ping (Sunway)

Synopsis

In order to carry out any DNA manipulation a large variety of enzymes and specialised techniques are used. This unit will provide the opportunity to gain an understanding of the nature and use of the "tools of the trade" applied routinely by molecular biologists. This includes the management of biological databases. A wide variety of applications will be explored, ranging from human disease situations to genetic modification of crop species.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will: understand basic principles of recombinant DNA technology, appreciate their applications in medical and industrial settings, understand the use of biological databases for data storage and demonstrate skill in data mining, and acquire skills in analysis, interpretation and presentation of experimental data.

Assessment

Examination (3 Hours): 60%
Online bioinformatics project: 20%
Practical and tutorial exercises: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Phillip Brook Carter

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and two hours of practical/tutorial per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Optional 2 day residential school

Prerequisites

BIO1722 or BIO1022 and one of BTH2746, BTH2741, BTH2766, BTH2711, MIC2011

Prohibitions

BMS2062, MOL2022, BTH3757


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Jenny Mosse (Gippsland); Dr Ton So Ha (Sunway)

Synopsis

The unit begins with an introduction to the cellular environment, considering the interactions that stabilise biological macromolecules and the maintenance of constant pH within cells and organisms. Next, we will study the structure and function of proteins and the techniques for their isolation and purification. The composition of biological membranes and the structure of nucleic acids and their packaging within cells is considered. This is followed by a study of the mechanisms of synthesis, modification and degradation of nucleic acids and proteins. The mechanisms that control these processes are emphasised.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will appreciate the role of water as the primary solvent in living systems; understand the buffering mechanisms which operate in biological systems; be able to categorise biological molecules according to their structural and chemical characteristics; appreciate the role of non-covalent interactions in the maintenance of tertiary and quaternary conformation of biological macromolecules; understand the biological actions of selected macromolecules, singly or as components of aggregates; understand the principles of storage and transmission of genetic information; understand the control mechanisms which operate at the level of gene expression and discuss strategies for the isolation and purification of proteins from biological samples. Students will acquire laboratory skills, including the accurate measurement of physical parameters; use spectrophotometric methods to assay biological molecules in solution and acquire skills in the handling and presentation of laboratory data.

Assessment

Assignment work: 20%
Practical work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Jenny Mosse

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 36 hours of laboratory per semester.

Prerequisites

CHM1011 and one of BIO1011, BIO1022 or BIO1722

Prohibitions

BCH2011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Jenny Mosse (Gippsland); Dr Ton So Ha (Sunway)

Synopsis

The unit begins with a general overview of metabolism and bioenergetics. This is followed by a comprehensive survey of cellular metabolism including: the generation of energy from major dietary components: carbohydrate, protein and lipid; the biosynthesis of carbohydrates, lipids and nucleotides; and amino acid metabolism. A study of photosynthesis illustrates the linkage between electron transport systems and biosyntheses. The integration and control of cellular biochemistry and the role of hormones in metabolic regulation is emphasised.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit students should understand the mechanisms involved in the storage and processing of metabolic fuels and the control of metabolic reaction sequences; the specialised metabolic role of various tissues; the integration and regulation of metabolic processes. Students should demonstrate advanced laboratory skills, in particular data collection/interpretation and report writing.

Assessment

Assignment work: 20%
Practical work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Jenny Mosse

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and 36 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

CHM1011 and one of BIO1022 or BIO1722

Prohibitions

BCH2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Choo Wee Sim

Synopsis

In this unit, students will be introduced to typical biochemical processes, from feedstock supply, reaction, separation and utilities. Treatment and storage of the feedstock / product will also be examined. The subject will focus on the operation and choice of typical equipment and processes. Safety issues and financial impact will be highlighted.

Assessment

Examination: (60%)
Continuous assessment: (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Contact hours

Weekly: 2 hrs of lectures, 2 hrs of tutorial / project work and 8 hrs of self-study

Prerequisites

Preference given to students with high school mathematics and satisfactory completion of 48 credit points of level one units (including CHM1011 and CHM1022), with an overall average of 60% or above.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien

Synopsis

This unit introduces traditional and modern practices involved in crop production. It includes environmental, genetic, physiological and cultural factors influencing crop growth and yield, and emphasises the growth, development and yield of several important tropical crop species and their management for sustainable production. A field trip will enhance students' understanding of crop plant identification, soil and environmental factors affecting plant growth as well as pest management.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to recognise plant species of agricultural importance; demonstrate good understanding of the principles involved in crop production, methods used for crop improvement, , the important factors affecting crop growth and yield, and the sustainable production of some important tropical crops; and will have further developed skills in analysis, interpretation and presentation of data.

Assessment

Three projects: 30%
Two laboratory reports: 15%
One field trip: 5%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week. Three hours laboratory practical per week for eight weeks and one field trip to either a commercial plantation or a crop research station.

Prerequisites

BTH1802 and BIO1022

Prohibitions

BTH2800


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Vovos and Dr Lynne Mayne (deputy co-ordinator)

Synopsis

This unit will examine case studies of biotechnology research and development and will consider the industry context in which biotechnology is commercialised including: industry structure; methods of financing, management approaches; and product development.

Objectives

Students will demonstrate understanding of how enabling technologies are applied in biotechnology; the structure of the biotechnology industry; methods of funding; approaches to the management of biotechnology innovation; and the potential of a specific biotechnology for commercial development. Students will demonstrate oral and written communication skills and the ability to work in small groups.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 40%
Tutorial reports (including class presentations) (4 x 750 words): 40%
Oral presentation and written report (1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lynne Mayne

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTH2012


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kirsten Schliephake (Gippsland); Professor Gary Dykes (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit discusses food as a habitat, the principles involved in microbiological spoilage of foods, micro-organisms of public health significance that cause food-borne illness, food safety and aspects of food preservation. Microbiological testing of foods is considered using current standard methods. The industrial microbiology section examines how micro-organisms are obtained, handled and maintained in industry and discusses the application of genetically modified micro-organisms. Fermentation modes and kinetic models are discussed using batch and continuous growth. Scale up and downstream processes of industrial fermentations and the role of micro-organisms in producing substances of industrial importance is discussed using antibiotics, hormones, membrane proteins and bioethanol as examples.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: discuss food as a habitat for micro-organisms; describe micro-organisms characteristic to the food industry and their roles in food production, food spoilage and food-borne illnesses; discuss principles involved in microbiological spoilage of food, microbial control, and methods of preserving foods; and discuss the importance of microbiological food criteria and HACCP systems for maintaining food safety in industry. Students also will appreciate the breadth of industrial microbiology; discuss the differences between chemical and microbiological industrial processes; discuss how different industries may obtain, handle, and maintain micro-organisms; utilise the basic principles behind the operation of batch and continuous fermenters, and discuss the different uses of batch and continuous fermentation; discuss the use of different methods of genetic improvement used to modify micro-organisms for industry; model growth kinetics and kinetics of biological activity in batch and continuous culture systems; consider variables when changing scale of fermentation systems; describe the application of industrial control systems such as SCADA for microbial fermentations, describe examples of the modification of chemical compounds in microbial processes; and discuss the use of micro-organisms with particular reference to their industrial product.

Assessment

Final written examination (3 hours): 60%
One major and two minor laboratory reports: 30%
One assignment (2000 words): 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Jenny Mosse

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and a 5-day block lab

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students will undertake a 5-day residential school (offered in even numbered years)

Prerequisites

BTH2722 or MIC2011

Prohibitions

BTH3776


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Jenny Mosse (Gippsland); Dr Lee Sui Mae (Sunway)

Synopsis

The unit begins with safety, serological techniques and laboratory diagnosis of infectious disease. An introduction to the pathogenicity of micro-organisms and the epidemiology of infectious disease follows. Infectious diseases of the organ systems are then covered, with aetiology, pathogenesis and laboratory identification of pathogens being emphasised. Chemotherapy discusses the mode of action of antimicrobial drugs, their use in treating infectious disease and the problem of drug resistance. Finally, examples of biotechnology in the microbiology diagnostic laboratory are investigated.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to describe and perform techniques used in diagnostic serology; show an understanding of how microbes cause disease with particular emphasis on bacterial and viral pathogenicity; discuss the epidemiology of infectious disease; show a competence in laboratory procedures for handling and processing microbiological specimens; list and discuss diseases associated with various organ systems; show a basic understanding of antimicrobial chemotherapy; review aspects of biotechnology of diagnostic microbiological significance.

Assessment

Final written examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignment (2000 words) 10%.
Laboratory reports: 30% (comprising project: 10%, diagnostic lab: 15%, two lab reports: 5%)

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Jenny Mosse

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures/tutorials and 3 hours laboratory classes per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students will attend a 5-day residential school (offered in even numbered years)

Prerequisites

BTH2722 or MIC2011

Prohibitions

BTH3787, MIC3022, MIC3032, MIC3802


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alan Howgrave-Graham (Gippsland); Dr Adeline Ting (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit begins by examining the fundamental principles of microbial ecology and the basic methods used in this area. It then considers the role of micro-organisms in biogeochemical nutrient cycles. Some important natural habitats for micro-organisms such as air, fresh water and salt water are considered with the main discussion centred on soil. The roles of particular soil micro-organisms within their microenvironments are explained with special attention being given to micro-organisms involved in transformations of carbon and nitrogen. The role of micro-organisms in composting, the management of pollution and as agents of bioremediation is discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: demonstrate the use of basic methods in this area, notably monitoring, enumeration and sampling; discuss basic principles in microbial ecology, recognizing the role of micro-organisms as a mixed flora, and illustrate examples of microbial interactions; diagram the role of micro-organisms in biogeochemical nutrient cycles; discuss the role of different micro-organisms in air, water environments, and soils, predicting what results are likely to happen to populations and their effects when environmental parameters are changed; describe how micro-organisms can cause pollution; apply the use of micro-organisms as indicators of pollution; discuss the role of micro-organisms in sewage treatment; discuss the role of micro-organisms in composting; describe how micro-organisms can be exploited in bioremediation.

Assessment

Final written examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory reports: 30% +Assignment (2000 words) 10%. The laboratory reports comprise one major lab report worth 10%, and 5 smaller reports worth a total of 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Jenny Mosse

Contact hours

Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students will attend a 5-day residential program (offered in even numbered years)

Prerequisites

BTH2722 or both MIC2011 and GEN2041

Prohibitions

BTH3797


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter

Synopsis

The unit examines the pathways by which cells receive external information and process this into specific biochemical responses. We begin with a survey of different mechanisms of cellular signalling and their roles in 'normal' cellular activities and overall homeostasis. A diverse set of cellular processes is studied and the normal control mechanisms highlighted. This is followed by investigation of the dysfunction of signalling mechanisms in several disease states. Topics covered are: the cell cycle, apoptosis, haematopoiesis, atherosclerosis and HIV/AIDS. The aim is to demonstrate to students that dysfunction or inappropriate cellular signalling plays a key role in the pathogenesis of many common disease. Methods of clinical diagnosis are introduced and incorporated into the laboratory work, which is designed to illustrate concepts of the theory.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to describe a range of cellular signalling mechanisms, understand endocrine control of cellular processes; discuss the dysfunction of signalling mechanisms in several common disease states; appreciate the use of biochemical and spectroscopic techniques in the diagnosis of disease; be able to plan and execute complex biochemical laboratory procedures; demonstrate proficiency in the interpretation of complex data acquired by biochemical and spectroscopic techniques; demonstrate basic competence in the safe handling of hazardous biological materials.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours): 50%
Major assignment (5000 words): 20%
Practical work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Phillip Brook-Carter

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and 40 hours laboratory work per semester

Prerequisites

BTH2741

Prohibitions

BCH3021, BCH3042


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter (Gippsland); Dr Lim Siew Ping (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on recombinant DNA methodology and genomics, which underpin commercial developments in the rapidly expanding biotechnology industry. Advanced techniques for gene manipulation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, methods for genome mapping and sequencing, and techniques for investigating gene and protein function, including mutagenesis, RNA interference and expression profiling, will be considered. Industrial and research applications of these technologies, such as genetic manipulation of plants and animals, gene therapy, virus detection and typing, recombinant vaccine production and personalized medicine will be explored.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the molecular basis of a wide range of techniques for gene manipulation, and genomic and proteomic analysis; apply their knowledge to the pursuit of current scientific problems in industry, medicine and research; be able to critically evaluate a variety of approaches to a particular scientific or industrial problem; demonstrate proficiency a wide range of techniques for gene manipulation and in the interpretation of data acquired by these techniques; and demonstrate advanced report writing skills.

Assessment

3-hour end of semester examination: 50%
Critical analysis of scientific literature: 10%
Assignment (2000 words): 10%
Practical performance and report writing: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Phillip Brook-Carter

Contact hours

3 hours lectures per week and 36 hours practical work per semester.

Off-campus attendance requirements

A five day residential laboratory school.

Prerequisites

BTH2732

Prohibitions

BCH3031, BTH3757


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Chua Tock Hing

Synopsis

This unit examines the methods and protocols of bioinformatics, genomes, DNA and protein sequence analyses. Topics covered include methods of information retrieval from various internet databases; bioinformatics softwares, data entry of bioinformatics information, computer modelling of macromolecules, and functional genomics.

Objectives

To understand information content and its flow in the biological systems, and the processes related to the flow; to learn to use bioinformatics software and computer models; to learn to analyse and interpret simple bioinformation data sets; to understand theoretical basis of mining bioinformation.

Assessment

Practical reports 35%,+ Mid-semester Test 15%,+ Final Examination 50%

Contact hours

2 hours of lectures, 2 hours practical and 1 hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTH2746 or GEN2041

Prohibitions

BMS2062


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lakshminarasimhan Krishnaswamy

Synopsis

This unit introduces the role of plant breeding and its significance in plant biotechnology, plant genomes and organisation, the regulation of gene expression, plant cell and tissue culture methodologies, gene transformation techniques, the application of transgenic technology for crop improvement (including the production of transgenic plants resistant to abiotic and biotic stresses and crops with prolonged shelf life and enhanced nutritional value) and the use of transgenic plants as bioreactors for the production of novel proteins in medicine and industry.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students will have developed an overall view of plant biotechnology; a clear understanding of the techniques involved in plant tissue culture; the ability to design constructs for genetic manipulation of specific agronomic characteristics in crops species; an understanding of the various strategies involved in the creation of existing plant transgenic crops; an appreciation of the potential role of genetic manipulation to produce novel plant products of potential economic importance; and will have further developed skills in analysis, interpretation and presentation of data.

Assessment

Practical reports (including assignments): 40%
Mid-semester test: 20%
Final examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lakshminarasimhan Krishnaswamy

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and three hours of practical per week

Prerequisites

BTH1802 and GEN2041


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Andrea Robinson and Dr Elizabeth Davis

Synopsis

This unit allows students to develop laboratory research skills in the interdisciplinary field of pharmacological chemistry. Students will undertake a laboratory project involving both chemistry and pharmacology and will spend time in both chemistry and pharmacology laboratories.

Objectives

Under supervision students will be able to:
design and carry out experiments; identify and critically evaluate and use research literature; conduct interdisciplinary projects composed of chemistry and pharmacology; implement safe working practices with chemicals, radio-isotopes and biological materials; and make oral presentations and write reports covering both chemistry and pharmacology intended for a research-level audience.

Assessment

Written reports: 80%
Oral reports: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Six hours of supervised laboratory work and six hours of self-directed study

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922 with a grade point average of at least 70; PHA3011 and PHA3021 with a grade point average of at least 70; and at least 12 points of level three chemistry.

Co-requisites

At least 18 points of level three chemistry (including the prerequisite 12 points) and PHA3042

Prohibitions

Course convenor approval is required to take either CHM3990 or PHA3990 with BTH3960


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Clayton - Summer); Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson (Clayton - Semester One and Two); Ms Jenny Mosse (Gippsland/Distance); Dr Siow Lee Fong (Sunway - Semester One); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Sunway - Semester Two and Summer)

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to the Biotechnology major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis, seminar attendance. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average, including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

SCI3739, SCI3741


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne (Clayton); Dr Charles Clarke (Sunway)

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Objectives

Students can:

  1. design and implement a supervised research project;
  2. execute and analyse research;
  3. use computer data systems;
  4. report scientific work;
  5. communicate with scientists;
  6. use technical skills;
  7. do relevant research procedures;
  8. pursue higher studies.

Assessment

Assessment will include a written thesis and oral defence. Final assessment methods will be advised by the unit coordinator prior to commencement.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Contact hours

Full year

Prerequisites

Completion of the admission requirements for the Bachelor of Biotechnology Honours year or for the Science Honours Program

Co-requisites

BTH4200 or BTH4280


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop students graduate attributes relevant to a post-graduation career in biotechnology and associated areas. These will be learned in an interdisciplinary biotechnology context of the development of scientific knowledge and its commercialisation. From their previous studies, students will have knowledge of scientific invention and technological innovation. The unit will allow them deeper exploration of an aspect or aspects of this process. Students will also consider what scientific knowledge is and how it is challenged. The unit will require both team and individual work.

Objectives

Students can:

  1. research, analyse and report on an aspect of biotechnology;
  2. engage in a major team activity;
  3. demonstrate problem solving and critical thinking skills;
  4. explain and apply theories of knowledge in a biotechnology context; and
  5. communicate effectively.

Assessment

two written reports: (6000 words) 30% and (2000 words) 10%
essay (4000 words): 20%
two oral presentations: 20%
continuous assessment of group work (supervisor, peer and self-assessed): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lynne Mayne

Contact hours

Workshops, seminars and individual or small group meetings with supervisors and mentors.

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Biotechnology with Honours


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Charles Clarke

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in biotechnology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in biotechnology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. complete assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites

BTH4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson (Clayton); Dr Emily Goh Joo Kheng (Sunway)

Synopsis

Units CHM1011 and CHM1022 assume a background in VCE chemistry, or its equivalent, and are highly suited to students wishing to proceed further in chemistry, or those requiring a sound chemical knowledge for other units. CHM1011 introduces modern chemistry through biological, environmental and industrial examples. On completion students will have gained an understanding of how atoms and molecules interact with each other and how this affects their bonding, reactivity, 3-D structure and physical properties. The concepts developed within the lectures are strengthened in the laboratory, reinforced through small group tutorials, and supported with the aid of computer-based tutorials and tests.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed an insight and understanding into the bonding and structure of a variety of simple organic molecules; aspects of isomerism; stereochemistry; the use of chemical nomenclature; and a knowledge of the classification, properties and reactions of a wide range of organic compounds according to the functional groups they contain; a basic understanding of the properties of atomic nuclei; variety and differences in atomic bonding; an understanding of wave-particle duality and the Schroedinger equation; an ability to interpret the relationships between electronic structure and bonding; an understanding of the principles of spectroscopy, an ability to use modern spectroscopic methods to deduce the structures of simple organic molecules; an understanding of basic inorganic molecular shapes and the properties of chemical mixtures. The laboratory program will foster the acquisition of skills in a broad range of basic practical techniques and will provide basic laboratory skills in chemical analysis and have verified some of the theoretical principles learnt in coursework.

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work: 20%. Students with an ENTER score of 95 or higher may opt, in consultation with the Unit Coordinator, to undertake part of their laboratory work as problem-based learning modules.
Computer tests and tutorials: 20%. Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Thompson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory or tutorial per week

Prohibitions

CHM1031, CHM1731


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson (Clayton); Dr Lim Yau Yan (Sunway)

Synopsis

Usually, students would need either CHM1011 or CHM1031 to progress to CHM1022. Within CHM1022, students will gain an understanding of chemical change from the perspective of thermodynamics, kinetics and equilibria through to the formation and reactivity in biologically important molecules e.g. carbohydrates, amino acids, proteins and nucleic acids. Along the way, students will encounter the formation of inorganic coordination compounds their role in colour and magnetism and the bioinorganic chemistry of enzymes. The concepts developed within the lectures are strengthened in the laboratory and with the aid of computer-based tutorials and tests.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should have a basic understanding of biological and synthetic macromolecules; chemical stoichiometry; the laws of thermodynamics; heat changes in reactions; entropy; the rates of chemical reactions; acid-base chemistry; equilibria; understand the properties of transition elements; be able to describe coordination compounds and their structures, reactions and applications; be able to interpret properties of solids; have learnt some applications of inorganic compounds; synthesis and structures of nano materials. Students will learn how to use basic laboratory skills in chemical analysis and have verified some of the theoretical principles learnt in coursework through laboratory applications.

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work: 20%. Students with a CHM1011 result of 90 or higher may opt, in consultation with the Unit Coordinator, to undertake part of their laboratory work as problem-based learning modules
Computer tests and tutorials: 20%. Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Thompson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory or tutorial per week

Prohibitions

CHM1042, CHM1742


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson

Synopsis

An introduction to chemistry and its role in society for students with little background in chemistry, physics and mathematics. Topics include: atoms and molecules, chemical nomenclature, stoichiometry, the periodic table, atomic structure, an introduction to spectroscopy, drawing chemical models, the ozone layer, the greenhouse effect and global warming, molecular mass and moles, energy/work/heat, energy changes at the molecular level, petroleum, water as a solvent, the physical properties of water and hydrogen bonding.

Objectives

To provide an interesting and stimulating introduction to a vitally important unit for students with a non-standard preparation. The unit attracts intelligent candidates with demonstrated skills in other areas, but who lack extensive training in chemistry and probably physics and mathematics. The level of the unit is such that, as well as providing an optional unit at first year for students in any faculty of the university, it will also be an appropriate introduction to further studies in chemistry at second and third-year levels. The general aim of the unit is to provide an introduction and grounding in chemistry which will enable students to gain an understanding of the role of chemistry in modern society; be able to sensibly interpret popular representations and misrepresentations of chemistry and its impact; appreciate the logical approach required in a scientific discipline; understand the atomic and molecular basis of chemistry; obtain a basic knowledge of some key chemical concepts and achieve competency in some key laboratory techniques used in chemistry.

The course aims to assist in the development of an understanding of the nature, practice and application of science; skills in written reporting of experimental work and other types of investigations based on chemistry; skills in collecting, organising, analysing and interpreting chemical data meaningfully, using appropriate mathematical and statistical tools; skills using a range of sources to find desired information and evaluate the quality of information obtained and its relevance to the task being undertaken; students' abilities to use current information and communication technologies to enhance their work; knowledge through evaluating arguments and synthesising ideas; the ability to apply chemical knowledge and critical thinking and so analyse challenges and develop effective solutions to them; an awareness of the ethical issues relating to applications of chemistry; an awareness of the ethical issues relating to scientific work; an understanding of how scientists, working in a world-wide community, build upon and recognise the work of others; an awareness of OHS issues relating to the use of chemicals; an appreciation of the roles and benefits of chemistry in society; the ability to evaluate their own performance; the ability to appropriately plan and carry out tasks; the ability to work collaboratively and effectively with other individuals and in teams.

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work: 20%
Regular testing: 20%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Thompson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory or tutorial per week

Prohibitions

CHM1011, CHM1731


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson

Synopsis

CHM1042 continues directly from CHM1031. Topics include: nuclear fission and nuclear power, radioactivity and its biological effects, nuclear power stations and their waste, electrochemistry, batteries and fuel cells, water splitting and the hydrogen economy, polymers and plastics, an introduction to organic chemistry, organic functional groups, chirality, manipulating molecules and designing drugs, food chemistry, an introduction to DNA and genetic engineering, cloning and the human genome project. Practical work will include such experiments as measuring energy changes, modelling and testing organic compounds, forming emulsions and analysis for vitamin C.

Objectives

As for CHM1031

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work: 20%
Regular testing: 20%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Thompson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory or tutorial per week

Prohibitions

CHM1022, CHM1742


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alison Green (Gippsland); Dr Lim Yau Yan (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce the student to the principles of analysis using a number of different instrumental techniques. It is designed around instrumental applications for both atomic and molecular analysis. Introductory principles of analysis, spectroscopic techniques encompassing UV/VIS, atomic absorption and mass spectrometry, as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques are covered. The main emphasis is on practical quantitative analysis using a range of different techniques.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained an understanding of the key principles involved in chemical analysis; be able to explain the principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopies and be able to discuss the instrumentation commonly employed in UV/VIS, infrared and atomic spectroscopies; have gained an appreciation for the different instrumental components used in different techniques; be able to explain the principles of chromatography and its application in a variety of instrumental techniques including GC, HPLC, molecular exclusion chromatography, ion chromatography and electrophoresis; be able to suggest appropriate techniques and conditions to separate particular mixtures using these techniques; be able to explain the basis of electroanalytical methods and discuss the different classification of electroanalytical methods; appreciate the benefits offered by electroanalytical methods of analysis; have further developed their practical skills, particularly chemical analysis using analytical instrumentation, data handling and report writing; have further developed their problem solving skills and their ability to work both independently and in small groups.

Assessment

Two assignments (5000 words): 20%
Practical work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Green

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 3 hours of practical work each week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off campus students will attend a four-day vacation school for tutorials and practical laboratory work.

Prerequisites

12 points of first level Chemistry

Prohibitions

CHM2736, CHM2922


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

This unit presents a broad overview of the origins of the environmental pollution problems by studying the sources, reactions, transport, effects and fate of chemical species in the water, soil and air environments. Specifically it will study the influence of human activity upon these processes and provide relevant practical introduction to the basic analytical techniques employed for environmental chemical analysis.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: know the sources and be able to classify water pollutants including oxygen-consuming wastes, disease-causing agents, synthetic organic compounds, radioactive materials and heat; be able to assess water quality by the measurement of the various water parameters; follow and have an understanding of the chemical processes which occur in natural waters; have an appreciation of the chemistry of soils and sediments; have a general understanding of the principles of air pollution, the major sources, fate and effects of pollutants; have a practical knowledge of atmospheric monitoring and sampling methods; have an appreciation of tools and approaches to preventing environmental pollution; and to provide relevant practical introduction to the basic analytical techniques employed for environmental chemical analysis.

Assessment

Assignment work (5000 words): 20%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Barbie Panther

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 39 hours of laboratory per semester

Prerequisites

One of CHM1022, CHM1742 or CHM1752


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Walid Daoud

Synopsis

In this unit students will study the structure, synthesis and analysis of important industrial and biological compounds. Specific topics will include a study of the reactions of small organic compounds which forms the basis for producing larger molecules and macromolecules (including polymers and biochemicals). An important component is the experimental program which will emphasise practical applications and the use of spectroscopic and chromatographic methods of analysis.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of the principles of Infrared and Nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry to enable them to determine the structure of organic and metal organic molecules using these methods; recognise the structures of molecules and macromolecules important in industrial and biochemical processes; understand the reactions of relevant organic groups and be able to write equations for these reactions; be able to suggest reaction pathways for the synthesis of simple organic molecules from readily available materials and be able to write reactions for these pathways; understand the mechanisms of SN1, SN2, E1 and E2 reactions in order to predict the conditions which favour these reactions; be able to write reaction pathways and suggest favourable conditions for the synthesis of macromolecules; be able to synthesise certain organic compounds in the laboratory; use analytical instruments to determine the purity and structure of synthesised products.

Assessment

Six assignments (500 words each): 20%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sam Adeloju

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 39 hours of laboratory per semester

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1022 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHM2911


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kellie Tuck

Synopsis

Basic principles and key aspects of molecular design, synthesis, structure and reactivity of carbon based molecules, organo-transition metal chemistry and metal complexes with examples taken from important biological, industrial and environmental processes. It will cover aspects of reactive intermediates; carbocations; molecular rearrangements; nucleophilic substitution; elimination reactions; free radicals; aromatic and heterocyclic chemistry; pericyclic reactions; carbonyl compounds; geometry, properties and bonding in transition metal complexes; metal coordination environments in metalloproteins; metal ions in metalloproteins; metal complexation in aquatic systems.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have an appreciation of the tools used by chemists to design, prepare and study novel carbon based molecules and metal complexes and how these tools are then applied in order to develop an understanding of: the general principles of transition metal chemistry, including the structure, colour and properties of metal complexes, and how these principles are applied in industrial processes and in the rationalisation of the properties and functions of metalloproteins, and environmental processes involving metal ions; organometallic chemistry, catalysis, carbon based intermediates, carbocations, molecular rearrangements substitution and elimination reactions, the chemistry of aromatic compounds and pericyclic reactions, the reactions of carbonyl compounds and their importance in biosynthesis, drug synthesis. Students will also develop expertise in the handling and manipulation of chemicals, the use of commonly used synthetic procedures, the application of modern analytical and spectroscopic methods in the analysis of compounds and occupational health and safety in the laboratory. They will also further develop skills in the use of modern information technologies and data analysis and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Mid-semester test (50 mins): 20%
Practical work: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Perran Cook

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM1011 and CHM1022. Students without these should consult the second year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toby Bell (Clayton); Dr Lim Yau Yan (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit covers the theory and instrumentation behind common physical and analytical instrumental techniques such as infra-red, Raman, UV/Vis absorption and fluorescence and atomic spectroscopies, mass spectrometry, chromatography and electroanalytical chemistry. A knowledge of the physical chemistry of gases and liquids is an important precursor to the understanding of chromatographic and electroanalytical chemistry. The application of these techniques in forensic analysis is examined using examples such as the detection of accelerants at arson scenes, drug detection in sport and identification of microsamples at crime scenes. Practical exercises will provide problem solving in physical and forensic analytical chemistry. A "Moot Court" team exercise and guest lecturers are an integral part of the subject.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will: understand key terms in instrumental analysis, including accuracy and precision, sensitivity, selectivity, detection limit and dynamic range; be able to explain and describe the principles and applications of spectroscopic techniques such as infra-red, Raman, UV/Visible absorption and fluorescence, and atomic mass spectrometry; have gained knowledge of electrochemical techniques for chemical analysis and have developed an understanding of the need for, and uses of, separation techniques such as gas and liquid chromatography. Students will have gained knowledge of a range of instrumental methods and of how different instruments operate, been exposed to a number of case studies illustrating the many and varied uses of chemical instrumentation for solving analytical and forensic problems, and gained an understanding and familiarity with the use of database searching and retrieval for compound identification. Students will have: further developed skills in the manipulation of chemicals, the use of chemical analysis techniques, risk assessment and the use of modern information technologies and data analysis; developed skills in working in small groups and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data including in the context of a "Moot-court" scenario.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%
Mid semester test (1 hour): 20%
Computer test/Assignments: 10%
Laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Perran Cook

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM1011 and CHM1022. Students without these should consult the second year coordinator.

Prohibitions

CHM2741


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Andrea Robinson

Synopsis

This unit develops further the basic principles and key aspects of synthesis, structure and reactivity of carbon based molecules and metal complexes discussed in CHM2911. It will cover aspects of aromatic and heterocyclic chemistry including electrophilic aromatic substitution; physical organic chemistry; reactive intermediates; molecular rearrangements; nucleophilic addition; properties and bonding in transition metal complexes; metal ions in biology including metalloproteins and metal based drugs including Cisplatin.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have a greater appreciation of aromatic and heterocyclic chemistry and metal complexes and how these types of compounds are then applied in order to develop an understanding of: substitution, addition and elimination reactions, the reactions of carbonyl compounds and their importance in biosynthesis, drug synthesis and in the rationalisation of the properties and functions of metalloproteins. Students will also develop a well-rounded expertise in the handling and manipulation of chemicals, the use of commonly used synthetic procedures relating to the lecture material and the application of modern spectroscopic methods in the analysis of compounds. During practical classes students will become conversant with the identification and management of risks concerned with their individual experiments, experience group work, interact with modern information technologies and develop skills in report writing and oral presentation.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Mid-semester test (45 mins): 15%
Laboratory work: 25%
Assignment: 10% +Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Perran Cook

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mike Grace (Clayton); Dr Juan Joon Ching (Sunway)

Synopsis

A fundamental understanding of the principles underlying aquatic chemistry and their application in the study of aquatic processes. Includes: equilibria, activity and solubility; acid-base and carbonate equilibria, coordination chemistry and complexation, trace metal speciation, aquatic colloid and surface chemistry, estuarine processes and lake biogeochemistry, physico-chemical features of estuaries, rivers and lakes, light and heat in aquatic systems, major ions in natural waters, redox equilibria, dissolved gases, biogeochemical cycling of nutrients and contaminants, eutrophication. The practical component covers common major analytical techniques and two field excursions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have knowledge of the physical and chemical characteristics of aquatic systems, gain an understanding of the fundamental physico-chemical processes operating in aquatic systems, gain an appreciation of current water pollution issues, acquire competence in the use of a range of commonly-used field and water quality monitoring techniques and further develop skills in risk assessment, the use of modern information technologies and data analysis and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work: 25%
Assignments: 15%
Online tests: 10%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Perran Cook

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3-hours laboratory or field trip per week

Prerequisites

6 points level one Chemistry


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Donald McNaughton (Clayton); Professor Gary Dykes (Sunway)

Synopsis

A detailed account of the chemistry of food substances will be provided. The components present in larger amounts (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals and water), and those occurring in smaller quantities (colours, flavours, vitamins, preservatives, trace metals, both natural and synthetic toxins, and additives) will be discussed. Chemicals used in food production (fertilizers, pesticides, insecticides, fungicides, herbicides) and the chemistry of food processing, storage and cooking are also discussed. Methods used in food analysis are considered. The chemistry of the digestion of food and the energy provided by food during consumption are included.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have identified the essential chemical components of food and have an understanding of how they are analysed, gained a working knowledge of the chemistry of lipids, carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, nutrient minerals and water, related each of these food components to nutritional needs, developed links between food types and energy provided and between energy needs and balanced diets, gained an understanding of how agricultural methods affect food production, and recognised chemical changes that occur during the processing, storage and cooking of food.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory exercises and workshops: 20%
Assignments, tests and debates: 20%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Perran Cook

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

6 points of level one Chemistry

Prohibitions

BND1022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Level 2 Co-ordinator

Synopsis

This course allows students to undertake an introductory research project as part of their second year of study in Chemistry within the BSc Adv (Hons) or BSc (Science Scholar) degrees. The project will be carried out within the School of Chemistry teaching and research laboratories. Allied with the practical work will be tutorial materials and discussion on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Objectives

Completing students will be proficient in literature searching & reviewing; understand design, development & implementation of a research project; have gained experimental skills & experience in data processing & interpretation; be able to communicate their results verbally & in writing.

Assessment

Assessment: Written project proposal 10%
Laboratory work: 30%
Project report: 50%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Perran Cook

Contact hours

6 hours per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and permission of head of school

Co-requisites

CHM2922


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Katya Pas

Synopsis

The unit describes the structure, properties and synthesis of biomaterials, macromolecules, and 'smart' inorganic materials, which are designed to carry out a range of sensing or active functions. Includes: biopolymers and biomineralisation in plants and animals; mimicry of biological systems; properties of everyday materials such as polypropylene and polyurethane and the link between their properties, structure and synthesis; properties of inorganic and metal-organic solids such as conductivity, magnetism, and porosity; theory and use of X-ray crystallography for determining solid-state structures. Principles of controlled radical polymerisation such as RAFT that is widely used in industry to synthesize polymers of certain molecular weights are introduced. In addition, ionic liquids as 'new generation' liquid materials are introduced. The unit also offers an opportunity to learn about a fast emerging field of alternative resources of energy such as solar cells, advanced batteries and fuel cells.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit the students will have an appreciation of the principles of polymer chemistry, have insight into synthesis of polymers in industry, understand the link between their structure and physical properties and how to design polymers with specific properties through copolymerization. Students will gain a broad overview of the properties of biomaterials and smart materials and the interplay between properties, structure and synthesis. The students will also gain an understanding of the chemistry of advanced materials that are of importance in energy generating and storage devices such as advanced batteries, solar and fuel cells, as well as the use of ionic liquids as 'new generation' liquid materials in these electrochemical devices. The students will learn about the connection between properties of conducting, magnetic and porous materials and their structure. The students will also develop a basic understanding of the theory of X-ray crystallography, and its use in determining solid-state structures. The students will develop expertise in carrying out radical and ionic polymerization in the lab and improve their skills in characterization techniques used to study properties of organic and inorganic materials. They will also further develop skills in the use of modern information technologies and data analysis and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 10%
Laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week.

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and 6 other points of level two chemistry. Students without these units should consult the third year coordinator.

Prohibitions

CHM2180


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Walid Daoud

Synopsis

Bioactive chemistry considers naturally occurring compounds and the biosynthetic pathways from which these arise; followed by a study of biological systems used to carry out controlled chemical reactions on organic molecules. The importance of natural product chemistry in relation to biologically active compounds of commercial significance will be illustrated. The course will then focus on concepts of protein chemistry including protein structure, peptide sequencing and synthesis, the principles of folding of polypeptide chains, prediction and modelling of polypeptide structures. The use of proteins as industrial catalysts, in biosensor technology and in immunochemistry will be considered.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will appreciate the range of real world applications for molecules harvested from biological systems; classify a selection of naturally occurring, biologically active molecules into particular classes and outline the general approaches used to isolate, purify and characterise these molecules; describe the general synthetic strategies used by a chemist, utilising both conventional reagents and biological reagents, to design and effect molecular transformations leading to production of medicinal agents; distinguish between primary and secondary metabolites in living systems and describe a selection of biosynthetic pathways including those leading to the formation of natural products of commercial significance; classify selected enzyme controlled reactions, appreciate their role in metabolism and illustrate their applications in biotransformations; describe the experimental strategies for peptide sequencing and the fundamental principles of protein synthesis; describe important aspects of protein architecture; appreciate the fundamental relationship between protein structure and function; compare the properties of biocatalysts and chemical catalysts and consider the industrial applications of biocatalysts; safely perform selected advanced laboratory procedures including: organic synthesis including chemical and enzymatic catalysis; extraction and purification of secondary metabolites from plant material; spectroscopic, electrophoretic and chromatographic analysis; radioimmunoassay and demonstrate advanced level report-writing skills.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours) 50%
Assignment: 10%
Problems: 10%
Practical work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Walid Daoud

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and three hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

BTH2752 or CHM2762


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alison Green

Synopsis

In this unit, the fundamental principles and concepts of chemistry studied in previous years will be related to the aquatic system. The chemical processes which occur in natural and modified systems will be examined with a particular view of understanding the nature, effects and fate of pollutants. Remediation methods to clean up polluted systems will be studied. Particular emphasis will be placed on the analysis of water, the effect of wastes on the quality of the environment and the maintenance of environmentally sustainable water supplies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to understand the different water cycles and water and wastewater management schemes understand different quality and quantity requirements of different users of water; understand the chemical principles involved in the purification of water for domestic and industrial use; understand the process of eutrophication and the factors that cause it; understand the nature, properties, effects and detection of toxic substances in the aquatic environment; experimentally measure the levels of chemical pollutants using modern analytical and monitoring methods; assess various processes to determine whether or not they are environmentally sustainable; recognise the principles involved in treating wastewater; suggest appropriate methods for remediation of wastewater streams; work effectively as a member of a team; show advanced report writing skills.

Assessment

Assignment work (5000 words): 30%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Green

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 39 hours of laboratory per semester

Co-requisites

CHM2752 or CHM2741 or CHM2736

Prohibitions

CHM3727


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Donald McNaughton

Synopsis

Mastery of spectroscopy and molecular structure and chemistry at interfaces and surfaces is essential for graduates in chemistry, materials, bio-science and earth sciences. The first topics covered are advanced spectroscopy, with an emphasis on micro and nano-spectroscopic and surface analysis methods, computational and theoretical chemistry and molecular symmetry. Computational and spectroscopic techniques, particularly those involving analysis at the micro and nano scale, are described in terms of principles, instrumentation and applications. Together these complementary areas provide a strong foundation in molecular structure, which is central to the molecular sciences. The final topics covered are essential physical chemistry: Surface Chemistry introduces the special features of the molecular structure of the interface, surface tension and adsorption at the interface, surfactants, emulsions and foams, adhesion, wetting, detergency, and formulation of surfactants; Colloid Chemistry focuses on dispersion of small particles in the context of food chemistry, paints, cosmetics, water systems and formulation science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed an understanding of key aspects of advanced spectroscopy, spectroscopic and surface analysis of chemistry at the micro and nano scale; developed an understanding of molecular symmetry and its uses and further developed an understanding of molecular structure; gained familiarity with basic concepts of computational chemistry and become proficient in the 'hands on' use of some related software; gained a broad overview of the properties of the interface between two different material phases and the chemical processes that occur at such interfaces; gained an appreciation of the importance of the processes that occur at interfaces in the functioning of biological systems, and in the applications of chemistry and the functionality of everyday materials; developed an understanding of key terms used in colloid and surface chemistry and have developed an understanding of the phenomena of interfacial tension, adsorption of substances at interfaces, and the stability of colloidal dispersions. Students will have further developed skills in the use of modern instrumentation, in working in small groups and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

One 2-hour examination: 40%
One 50 minute test: 10%
Assignments and computer testing: 20%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Lupton

Synopsis

A description of the advanced tools and methodologies that are used in the determination of reaction mechanisms will be provided. This is supported by a discussion of the theoretical basis of the design of synthetic pathways for target e.g. bioactive molecules. The knowledge gained will be used to elucidate the reaction mechanisms of common organic reactions and metal-mediated reactions towards identifying scope in organic chemistry. The development of chemical methods that allow realisation of the concept of a sustainable future will also be discussed. Advanced NMR spectroscopy will also be introduced as a useful tool to elucidating structure.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained an understanding of the tools and methodology that are used to study the mechanisms of chemical reactions, gained a broad overview of a range of modern organic synthetic methods and will have developed the ability to design synthetic pathways based on the principles of retrosynthetic analysis. Particular emphasis will be placed on advanced organic transformations, metal-mediated reactions (e.g. Heck, Suzuki, Grubbs) and 'greener' reaction types (e.g. catalysis). Students will gain an understanding of the principles of green chemistry, application of which leads to waste, hazard and energy use reduction, through the study of a series of synthetic examples. Students will also have developed skills in problem solving through exercises on reaction mechanisms; gained generic practical skills and enhanced their report writing skills.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 47%
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 23%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Perlmutter

Synopsis

This unit focuses on several major classes of biologically and clinically important therapeutic agents. Students will study the traditional use, isolation, structural characterisation, synthesis and clinical evaluation of drugs and also be exposed to newer crystallographic, computational, combinatorial and screening methodology used in drug design and development. The subject will consist of three inter-related sections:

  1. drug discovery and development,
  2. molecular recognition and
  3. combinatorial chemistry and the synthesis of biological polymers. Where appropriate, guest speakers from industry and government agencies will contribute to the subject.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed an understanding of the traditional and modern methods used for drug discovery; of how molecules interact at the molecular level and how this relates to the activity of drugs; how crystallography and computational methods can be used for drug development and of combinatorial chemistry, and how it can be used in drug discovery, with particular reference to biological polymers. Students will have further developed skills in the use of reaction mechanisms and how a knowledge of reaction mechanisms can aid in understanding the mode of action of a drug, and the method by which it can be synthesised, and developed generic practical skills, through laboratory work. They will have gained an appreciation of research work through involvement in small research projects and have enhanced their professional skills in problem solving and in both written and oral forms of scientific communication.

Assessment

One 2-hour examination: 60%
Seminar/Assignments: 10%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and the equivalent of three hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911. Students who have not completed and passed this unit should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Andrews

Synopsis

A general description of the synthetic methods and characterization techniques that are used to prepare coordination complexes and organometallic compounds will be provided together with the tools and methodologies used in the determination of reaction mechanisms and, in particular, metal centred/mediated reactions. Techniques commonly used to study the structure and properties of inorganic complexes will be introduced through the practical classes and a problem based approach.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained a broad overview of a range of modern inorganic synthetic methods and gained an understanding of the application of main group organometallic reagents to synthesis as well as their selectivity in reactions with different classes of functional groups. They will have furthered their appreciation of coordination complexes, especially those which mimic the action of naturally occurring biomolecules, and gained an understanding of bonding in inorganic compounds. Students will also gain an understanding of reaction mechanisms and, in particular, metal centred reactions; how coordination to a metal centre can enhance the reactivity of organic molecules; and how basic knowledge of reaction mechanisms can be used to study more complex biological and environmental systems. Students will also have developed skills in various instrumental techniques that are used to probe the structure and properties of metal complexes; in problem solving through exercises on reaction mechanisms and structure elucidation; gained generic practical skills; and enhanced their report writing skills.

Assessment

One 2-hour examination: 50%
One mid-semester examination: 20%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Phil Marriott

Synopsis

Advances in analytical science will involve the development and exploitation of advanced mass spectrometric, molecular spectroscopic and separation techniques. This unit concentrates on these approaches, and provides examples of how they can be applied in areas such as forensic and environmental science, genomics and forensic imaging. The remainder of the unit covers the use of spectroscopic, radiometric, separation and particle characterization techniques in automated monitoring and process analysis in a variety of industrial, clinical and environmental applications. Aspects of instrumentation, data processing and chemometrics will be emphasised in each analytical technique discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed an understanding of the principles of analytical instrumentation, simulation and data processing and interpretation using chemometric techniques such as multivariate analysis; have developed both an understanding of the fundamentals of mass spectrometry and the skills for interpretation of mass spectra for structural elucidation and fingerprinting purposes; will be able to describe the principles and applications of atomic emission spectrometry; will be able to detail the principles and applications of micro/nano-scale analysis using surface and X-ray spectroscopic techniques, will have an understanding of different techniques and applications of separation science, will have an understanding of the principles of flow analysis and its use in hyphenated analytical techniques, will have gained an understanding of how these techniques can be applied in forensic and environmental science, and will have developed practical competencies in analytical measurements involving chromatographic/other separations, flow analysis techniques, and quantitative molecular and atomic spectroscopy.

Assessment

One 3-hour examination: 60%
Assignments and computer testing: 10%
Laboratory work and laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve and overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Perran Cook (Clayton); Dr Juan Joon Ching (Sunway)

Synopsis

The three major components of the environment, air, soil and water, are considered. Environmental issues related to energy are outlined. Soils: natural, constituents, properties; chemical processes; organic matter; fertility; acidity; salinity; remediation. Water: major components; nutrient pollution including consequences and tracing methods; water treatment including sewage treatment, drinking water treatment and artificial wetlands. Air and energy: importance to society; fossil fuel use; combating atmospheric problems associated with fossil fuel use; alternative fuels, including biofuels; CO2 emissions reduction, carbon capture and sequestration.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed an understanding of the major components and processes in the atmosphere, soils and water and be aware of a range of environmental problems. They will have gained an understanding of the major options for overcoming the environmental problems confronting our planet. They will be capable of assessing environmental problems and designing appropriate monitoring programs. The unit will further develop students' skills in working in small groups and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data, as well as in solving problems in environmental chemistry and in the use of modern analytical instrumentation.

Assessment

One 3-hour examination: 50%
Laboratory work field trips and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30%
Assignments: 20%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achive an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

6 points of level one chemistry and 6 points of level two chemistry. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Lupton

Synopsis

This course allows students to devote themselves to a substantial laboratory project as part of their final year of study in Chemistry. The project may be carried out within the School of Chemistry teaching and research laboratories or in an industrial laboratory by arrangement and approval of the Head of School. Allied with the practical work will be tutorial materials and discussion on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have: developed an understanding of modern laboratory practice and procedures, including OHSE, developed an in depth understanding of one or several aspects of modern practical chemistry, gained experience with data base searching, data handling and presentation and enhanced their professional skills in problem solving, written and oral presentations.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 30%
Project report: 60%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Lupton

Contact hours

72 hours laboratory work per semester or equivalent

Prerequisites

Students must pass 24 points at second level with a distinction average, including 12 points minimum in the discipline directly related to the project.

Co-requisites

18 additional points of level 3 chemistry, selected from CHM3911, CHM3922, CHM3941, CHM3952


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in a specialised area of chemistry. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Research Project with a written report in thesis form and oral defence and 2 x 15 minute oral presentation on the students research during the Honours year: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Prerequisites

CHM2911, CHM2922 and 24 points of Level 3 CHM units including one of CHM3911 and CHM3952, and one of CHM3941 and CHM3922

Co-requisites

CHM4201


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4100

Assessment

Refer to CHM4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4100

Assessment

Refer to CHM4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

All students will undertake a Professional Studies topic and one core topic defined by the School, as well as three elective topics from specialised areas of chemistry, such as pericyclic reactions, separation science, advanced organic synthesis, main group inorganic chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, computational chemistry and electron microscopy. Each topic will require students to attend 8 lecture equivalents making a total of 48 lecture equivalents for the unit. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Combination of examination and/or assignment (depending on the topic): 100%
Please consult the course coordinator about the assessment of individual topics.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Co-requisites

CHM4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4201

Assessment

Refer to CHM4201

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4201

Assessment

Refer to CHM4201

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jeff Kerr

Synopsis

Introduces the structure and function of eukaryotic cells including the diversity of cell structure and function. The concept that the many specialized cell types in the adult human body are derived from a single fertilized egg is emphasized, laying the foundations for future studies of stem cells and embryogenesis. The four primary tissues (epithelium, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous tissue) are described and students learn how these tissues develop in the growing embryo. Topics covered include early human development, gametogenesis, fertilization, blastocyst formation and implantation, formation of stem cell lineages, germ layers and early derivatives.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: appreciate the structural diversity of eukaryotic cells; understand the arrangements of cells and extracellular matrix in primary tissues; have key knowledge of early human development; be able to recognize specialized cell types, primary tissues and stages of early human development both in vivo and in vitro; understand basic imaging techniques including aspects of image capture, storage and reproduction.

Assessment

Practical reports: 20%
Mid-semester tests: 20%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jeff Kerr

Contact hours

Three lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

One of BIO1011, BIO1022, BMS1021 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ANT2321


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jeff Kerr

Synopsis

This unit provides students with basic knowledge of the structure of the human body. It describes how tissues are combined to form organs, and how organs and organ systems are organized to form adult body structure. The microscopic and macroscopic structure of the major organs and organ systems are covered, including the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, urinary, reproductive and nervous systems. Imaging modalities for examining the body are described including X-ray, CT, and MRI. The general body plan is described and how the body plan is established during embryogenesis is discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: understand the general structure of the human body; understand the microscopic and macroscopic structure of organs and organ systems; appreciate what structural information can be obtained with CT and MRI; understand how the general body plan is established in the embryo; have a basic understanding of limb development and limb regeneration.

Assessment

Practical and laboratory assessments: 25%
Mid-semester tests: 25%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jeff Kerr

Contact hours

Three lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

DEV2011 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ANT2311, ANT2321, ANT2342


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Abud

Synopsis

This unit begins with an introduction to the concepts and experimental systems in developmental biology. How gene expression is regulated during development and thereby leads to the development of differentiated cells and tissues is considered. Communication between cells during development is described, as well as the key concepts of induction and competence. Some of the key early developmental processes and experimental strategies for studying developmental biology are covered. Finally, patterning and development of the body plan are described.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: demonstrate knowledge of the major mechanisms that regulate animal development, describe the strategies used to study mechanisms of development, compare and contrast different developmental model systems, perform and evaluate practical laboratory techniques integral to the study of developmental biology and be able to interpret and discuss modern developmental biology research papers.

Assessment

Mid-semester on line-based MCQ test: 10%
Seminars: 25%
Practical reports: 15%
Final examination: 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Helen Abud

Contact hours

Two lectures, a two hour practical class and a one hour seminar per week.

Prerequisites

DEV2011 and DEV2022; or BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021 and BMS2031. Recommended: MOL2011.

Prohibitions

ANT3052


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jane Black

Synopsis

This unit considers the development of the major organs and organ systems of the body. The classical morphogenetic steps/stages in organ development are described, as well as the most up to date knowledge of the molecular/genetic and foetal/maternal environmental regulation of these morphogenetic processes. Organ systems covered include musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, central nervous, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal and reproductive. Students will learn how abnormalities in genetic and/or environmental regulation of development lead to birth defects as well as chronic diseases in adulthood.

Objectives

On completion of this Unit students will be able to: demonstrate sound knowledge of the development of the major organs of the body; analyse the genetic and environmental regulation of organogenesis; evaluate how errors in development lead to birth defects and adult disease; demonstrate familiarity with contemporary developmental biology techniques and demonstrate an ability to critically analyse research papers in the field of development biology

Assessment

Seminars: 30%
Practical reports: 20%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jane Black

Contact hours

Two lectures, two hour practical class and one hour seminar per week.

Prerequisites

DEV3011

Prohibitions

ANT3052


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Bertram

Synopsis

This unit begins with an introduction to stem cell biology and regenerative medicine. Characteristics, basic biology and methods for studying stem cells are then described. Then characteristics of stem cells in specific tissues are described, including haematopoiesis, the kidney, gut and nervous system. Finally, aspects of tissue engineering and use of stem cells in animal biotechnology are covered. Students also conduct a research project in a stem cell laboratory. Two moderated classroom discussion on commercialisation and ethical issues of stem cell research are also included.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: describe the basic biology of stem cells; discuss key techniques in stem cell research; discuss the status of research into the identification and characterisation of stem cells; explain how stem cells are currently being used, and will likely be used, to regenerate diseased organs; describe how stem cells can be combined with factors and materials to engineer replacement tissues; be aware of some of the controversies surrounding stem cell research; have practical experience in stem cell research; and demonstrate critical and independent thinking, synthesis of the literature and scientific presentation.

Assessment

Mini-poster presentation on the laboratory placement research project: 20%
On-line practical class assessment: 10%
Written report on one of the issues covered by the moderated discussions: 10%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Helen Abud

Contact hours

Two lectures per week. 15 hours research placement in a stem cell research laboratory (over 7 weeks): Two 3-hour moderated class discussions, one 3-hour wet practical class and two 3-hour IT-based practical class exercises.

Prerequisites

DEV2011 and DEV2022, or BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021 and BMS2031.
Recommended: MOL2011.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Ellem

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Developmental Biology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Anatomy & Developmental Biology. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work. Students will also undertake an informal written open-book exam comprising 3 brief essays based on weekly tutorials.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills and attributes: review scientific literature in developmental biology, including the ability to identify key information in this area: access databases for provision of information; presentation of oral reports; construction of written reports; manage workloads to meet deadlines; work with a significant degree of independence; plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results; perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations; maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor and gain experience in the use of technical work processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 mins, 10% and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Georgina Caruana

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction average over 24 points at second year level and by permission of the Unit Convenor or the Head of Department.


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator, the Department of Anatomy & Developmental Biology website and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Literature review of research project: 15%
Written thesis: 65%
Thesis defence: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert De Matteo

Co-requisites

DEV4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4100

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert De Matteo


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4100

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert De Matteo


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Students present two research seminars relevant to their research topic in DEV4100 and undertake a written exam related to the research process. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator, the Department of Anatomy & Developmental Biology website and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Seminars (two): 30% each
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert De Matteo

Co-requisites

DEV4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4200

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert De Matteo


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4200

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert De Matteo


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marion Anderson

Synopsis

This unit is a core unit in the Bachelor of Environmental Science degree. Topics include: the beginning and evolution of the Universe, Solar System and Earth; planetary geology and the structure and chemistry of the Earth and other planets; geological evolution of the Earth, relative and absolute scales in geological time; plate tectonics and the structure of the Earth's crust; minerals and igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks and processes; formation and evolution of life, atmosphere and oceans on the Earth and other planets during geological time, geology and the environment.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit students will be able to discuss the birth, evolution and age of the universe and solar system; describe the earth's structure and chemistry as well as some of the tools that have been used to discover them, discuss the evolution of the earth's crust over geological time; describe geologic time in relative and absolute terms; identify and describe minerals and rocks, including some of their properties; discuss some of the processes involved in sedimentation, volcanic and igneous activity and metamorphism; and describe theories on the origin and evolution of life, the atmosphere and oceans on earth.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work, quizzes, assignments and a field excursion: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prohibitions

ESC1011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michele Lobo, Associate Professor David Dunkerley and colleagues

Synopsis

This unit is a core unit in the BEnvSc degree. Explains Australia's present patterns of landform, soil, biota and climate through an understanding of past events and environments. The focus on change is carried over into future environmental management issues. An example environmental issue, uranium mining, highlights the multidisciplinary nature of environmental science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be familiar with major ideas concerning the evolution of the Australian landscape, its biota and climate patterns within the global environment; be aware of competing ideas and theories in the relevant literature; be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, either by written or verbal means; be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for analysing basic geographic and physical environmental information; appreciate the importance of field work in studying the natural environment, and the problems associated with making field measurements of natural phenomena., and appreciate the interdisciplinary nature of environmental science and the cultural, legal, social and economic impact resulting from human activity.

Assessment

Written (1500 words): 35%
Examinations (2.5 hours): 35%
Practical and fieldwork reports: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michele Lobo

Contact hours

4.5 hours per week (3 lectures per week, and the equivalent of up to 3 hours practical/ tutorial per fortnight), plus one 2.5 day field excursion

Prohibitions

GES1020


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fiona Hogan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the global environment and its basic natural systems. The fundamental structure and functioning of the natural systems is explored, emphasising the processes of living systems and their relationships with physical processes, including those associated with geology and climate. Major themes include the diversity and interrelationships of the biotic and abiotic components of the environment, the nature of environmental change, and human impacts on both biotic and abiotic components of natural systems. The level of study will range from local issues to regional and global impacts. The unit is taught by internal lectures, tutorials and fieldwork, and also by distance education.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate familiarity with the Earth's basic natural systems; knowledge of the structure and functions of ecosystems, with particular emphasis on Australian systems; an appreciation of the diversity of plants and animals, and their relationships with their habitats; an understanding of the processes of change of habitats, ecosystems and the global environment; an understanding of the evolution of Australian ecosystems; an understanding of the impact of human activity on natural systems; an appreciation of the origins and impacts of a selection of current environmental problems, including more localised Australian issues as well as global issues.

Assessment

Three assignments: 45%
Examination (2 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fiona Hogan

Contact hours

3 x 1-hour lectures per week and the equivalent of 2-3 hours of practical/tutorial/fieldwork per fortnight

Prohibitions

ENV1800


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fiona Hogan

Synopsis

This unit emphasises the basic physical and chemical processes involved in creating and shaping the physical environment. Relevant human impacts and management issues are discussed. Topics covered include environmental ethics; the structure of the Earth; plate tectonics; minerals, rocks and weathering; earthquakes, volcanoes and glaciation; streams and flooding; mass movement; coastal zones; energy resources; waste management; sustainable development. There is no prerequisite for this subject.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have

  1. an awareness of the physical processes involved in creating and shaping the physical environment; those changes in the environment over which humans have no control, and those which we are able to control and manage; some of the ethical and economic factors that influence our approach to resource management;
  2. a knowledge of: the basic geological processes and structures occurring within the environmental systems of the Earth; the basic terminology used in describing geological and hydrological systems; the various resources used by plants and animals (including humans) for their existence, and ways in which these can be adequately managed and maintained; and
  3. the skills to identify a range of representative rocks and minerals; determine what role humans can take in managing the physical environment, assess the human impacts on selected environmental resources, critically comment on the existing management of those resources and propose an effective resource management plan.

Assessment

Two assignments: 40%
Examination (2.5 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fiona Hogan

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and the equivalent of three hours of practical/tutorial/fieldwork per fortnight

Prohibitions

ENV1011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Catherine Yule

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the tropical environments of Southeast Asia from coral reefs and mangrove swamps to lowland rainforests and mountains. It explores the flora, fauna, climate, biogeography and ecosystems of the region. A comparison is made with the Australian environment and other ecosystems of the world. Human impacts on the environment such as pollution, energy use, food production and human population growth are discussed and ameliorative measures explored. The field trip enables students to compare the ecological processes of three different tropical environments.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of environmental issues in the Southeast Asian region
  2. Demonstrate a knowledge of the diversity of ecosystems and flora and fauna in SE Asia in comparison with other regions of the world
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of weather, climate, geology, biogeography, nutrient cycles, community interactions, on the ecology of SE Asian plants and animals
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of conservation issues in SE Asia, in particular with respect to human impacts
  5. Access and critically analyse sources of scientific information
  6. Exhibit scientific writing skills.

Assessment

Field trip assignment: 10%
Essay: 15%
Mid-semester test 20%
Final examination: 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Yule

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures per week, 1 hour tutorial per week, 1 day field trip per semester

Prohibitions

ENV1711


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Lane

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with the theory and practice of environmental policy and management. Themes include the internationalisation of environmental policy, the rise of corporate environmentalism, native title and indigenous rights, and the importance of property rights. Methods of environmental management will be introduced, including environmental impact assessment, social impact assessment, state of the environment reporting, and public participation. Case studies will refer to biodiversity, forestry, climate change, and water resources.

Objectives

To complete this unit students need to demonstrate an understanding of the social, political and bureaucratic underpinning of environmental policy-making and environmental management, recognise the importance of maintaining and extending disciplinary perspectives on environmental policy and management; be familiar with case studies which help to explain the complex nature of the evolution and implementation of environmental policies in various national and international settings, appreciate both the contributions and the limitations of science in the context of environmental policy and management; understand the characteristics and role of methods and techniques that are used in the context of environmental management and decision making and be aware of the distinction between environmental managerialism and environmental management.

Assessment

Essay: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Tutorial/practicals: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ruth Lane

Contact hours

Three hours per week on average (two 1-hour lectures each week and 2-hour tutorials spread across the semester)

Prerequisites

ENV1011 and ENV1022

Prohibitions

ATS2548


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Jennifer Davis

Synopsis

Introduction to quantitative methods in environmental monitoring; types of environmental impacts; populations and sampling. Statistics for monitoring. Biological monitoring. Origins, types of measurement of chemical pollution. Manual and automated sampling and in-situ analysis techniques. Quality assurance issues. Introduction to spatial databases and techniques. Micro-meteorological measurements. Gaseous and particulate matter in the atmosphere. Batch sampling and continuous methods of air quality monitoring. Soils and sediments. Surface and groundwater hydrochemistry. Surface water hydrology.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to understand the need to perform environmental surveys and monitoring programs, and the need for suitable experimental design of such programs. They will appreciate the importance of quality assurance issues in sampling and analysis associated with environmental monitoring programs, understand the statistical basis for the design of monitoring programs, be familiar with the sampling and monitoring techniques and devices for use in the monitoring of air, water, groundwater, sediments and soils and biota. Students will be competent to plan, design and implement a sampling and monitoring program, analyse and interpret data derived from such programs, communicate the results and interpretation of environmental monitoring surveys, work effectively in a multi-disciplinary team environment, and integrate theory and information drawn from several disciplines into all aspects of monitoring and survey programs.

Assessment

Examination: 45%
Practical class reports and assignments: 15%
Field report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jennifer Davis

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and five 3-hour practicals and a one day field trip.

Prohibitions

ENV3002


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

An introductory section on systematics and phylogeny will establish relationships between the structure, function and evolutionary history of major groups of organisms. These major groups will be introduced and defined in terms of their basic structure and features. Life cycle, habits and habitat will be discussed. Attention will be paid to the diversity of ways in which various members of each group achieve key biological functions such as: feeding; reproduction; gas exchange and locomotion. Representative organisms will be chosen to illustrate the importance of their ecological roles. The process of ecological restoration in degraded ecosystems will also be considered.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to identify the requirements of living things and demonstrate an understanding of the different ways in which organisms meet these requirements; identify the major plant and animal phyla, and the major lineages within these; explain the importance of several key evolutionary events; relate the taxonomy of the major plant and animal phyla, and the major lineages within these, to their structure and function; use field guides and dichotomous keys to identify organisms; describe the ecological role of several representative species and relate this to the use of such species in restoring degraded ecosystems.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60%
Practical and tutorial exercises: 20%
Major assignment - restoring ecosystems: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and two hours of practical classes per fortnight; plus a one-day field trip.

Off-campus attendance requirements

An optional field trip will be available to OCL students.

Prerequisites

ENV1711 and either BIO1711 or BIO1722 or an equivalent.

Prohibitions

A student who has passed two or more of: BIO2181, BIO2231, BIO2242 and BIO2282 will not be permitted to enrol in ENV2712.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright (Gippsland); Dr Charles Clarke (Sunway)

Synopsis

ENV2726 begins with an overview of biodiversity and biological resources and the issues involved in the conserving and sustainable management of these resources. Reasons for, and methods of, measuring and monitoring species, populations, habitats, communities and ecosystems are explored with the aim of addressing environmental problems such as habitat loss and species loss, and the impacts of these on ecosystem function and therefore on biological resources. Specific case studies are presented. The subject continues with the identification and discussion of factors which may affect the sustainable management of biological resources. Students will choose a case study and examine, in project work, how such factors may affect a specific conservation program.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of the major issues relating to the sustainable use of biological resources. This will include an understanding of the differences in the reasons for and the methods of conservation at various levels (eg. species, population, community, ecosystem etc.) and an understanding of the various conservation strategies that are available. Students will also develop skills, which allow them to express their opinions regarding the usefulness or desirability of particular conservation and/or management strategies in particular circumstances. Students will be able to identify and discuss various issues, which can affect conservation attempts and apply knowledge of these issues in order to recommend conservation strategies for real or hypothetical situations. Students will develop an understanding of the importance of healthy ecosystems and biological resources in the wider field of resource management.

Assessment

Assignments: 50%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fiona Hogan

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week, plus an average of approximately 2 hours practical exercises per week (including field excursions and assignment work)

Prerequisites

ENV1711 or ENV1800

Prohibitions

BIO2042 and BIO2031


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Tony Patti

Synopsis

Topics include the nature of soil, its formation and classification; physical, chemical, and biological properties of soil; soil organic matter; chemistry of the nutrients in soil including ion exchange, ion sorption, redox potential; environmental impact of soil salinity, acidity and soil erosion and their management practices; effect of human inputs and activities on soils including agrochemicals, agricultural and industrial wastes and pollutants.

Objectives

On completion of this unit student will gain an understanding of: the fundamental properties of soil and its composition; the role of physical, chemical and biological properties of soil in maintaining soil fertility; the chemistry of essential plant nutrients including N, P, K, and trace metals; the biotransformation of selected plant nutrients; environmental and resource issues relevant to soil including acidity, salinity, soil erosion, chemical pollution, soil management practices and effects of human inputs to soil; the use of selected laboratory and field techniques to assess soil chemical and physical properties

Assessment

Written examination: 60%
Written assignments/field excursion report: 15%
Laboratory work: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tony Patti

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorial per week and 3 hours of practical work per week

Prerequisites

Either CHM1022 or CHM1639 or CHM1742 OR CHM1011 or CHM1031 or CHM1731 and GES2130


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ton So Ha

Synopsis

The unit uses an ecological approach to examine the relationship between human health and their environment. Various factors in the physical, chemical, and biological environment are studied from an epidemiological perspective. Case studies introduce students to ways of assessing environmental hazards, and control measures are discussed. Current environmental health issues such as world health, air pollution, and climate change are considered.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: identify the major environmental factors that influence human health; demonstrate a basic level of understanding of the mechanisms involved in the spread of diseases within human populations; know the basic terminology in epidemiology sufficiently to be able to read and interpret journal articles on epidemiology; demonstrate an awareness of the factors involved in risk assessment and risk communication; demonstrate an understanding of the epidemiology of infectious diseases and the use of immunisation to control the spread of infections in populations; discuss food contamination and the public health measures used to control food quality; demonstrate an understanding of research methods used to investigate food poisoning outbreaks; describe the main features of microbial life in freshwater and sea water habitats and the role micro-organisms have in the degradation of introduced materials; describe the common infections caused by waterborne pathogens and water testing and treatment; demonstrate a rudimentary knowledge of toxicokinetics, toxicity testing, and the effects of common chemical hazards on human health; describe the properties of common physical hazards and their effects on human health; discuss the public health measures designed to protect the public from hazards in the chemical and physical environment; explain the interactions between human population growth, malnutrition and infection and discuss the major world health problems facing us at present; describe the common chemical, physical, and biological hazards in the indoor air environment and explain appropriate control measures; discuss the possible effects of global warming on public health; use the internet to carry out research

Assessment

Journal article critique: 10%
Internet research assessment: 10%
Written assignment (2000-3000 words): 20%
End-of-semester examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ton So Ha

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour practical work/field work per week

Prerequisites

One of ENV1616, ENV1711, ENV1800, BIO1637, BIO1711 or BIO1022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Elena Karataeva (Clayton); Dr Charles Clarke (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit deals with the processes by which the potential environmental consequences of development proposals are evaluated. These can be highly contentious because of the conflicting interests of different stakeholders. The subject will examine the nature of the widely-adopted procedure of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and formulation of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). It will also examine decision-making tools such as integrated assessment and those based on economics, such as cost-benefit analysis. Practical insight into these processes will be provided through case studies, a field trip and critical evaluation of EIA documentation.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: understand the social context of environmental decision making and its interdisciplinary and participatory nature; show familiarity with frameworks for evaluation of projects, plans, and policies including aspects of international, Commonwealth and State law; understand the development and operation of Environmental Impact Assessment both nationally and internationally; describe and understand approaches, including those based on economics, to valuing the environment and making decisions; critically review the EIS of a real development proposal; explore the nature of conflicts between environmental, social and economic interests in decisions; gain experience in communication processes associated with participatory environmental decision making.

Assessment

Critical appraisal of an EIS document (1000 words): 20%
Report on site visit (1000 words): 20%
Oral presentation (15 mins): 20%
Written examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Elena Karataeva

Contact hours

2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of tutorial sessions per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Tony Patti

Synopsis

Existing and emerging green technologies that assist in assessing, minimising and remediating the environmental impacts of people on the environment will be considered. The technologies covered will span atmospheric pollution, hydrologic disturbance and contamination (surface and groundwaters) and soil contamination. Students will become familiar their strengths and limitations. A first-hand experience of technological approaches to impact management, through field site visits where particular technologies are in use, is a feature of the course. Aspects of the economic and legislative issues related to the management of the environment and the use of technologies will also be covered.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have a broad understanding of the impacts of human activity on the environment; be aware of the role played by technology in the broad area of environmental management; be aware of the range of technologies and emerging green technologies, available for managing the state of the environment and human impacts on it, and for minimising and remediating those impacts. Understand the operating principles, applications, strengths and shortcomings of key technologies in surface water, groundwater, soil and air, quality management.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 55%
group research project (2000 words): 15%
oral presentation (10 minutes): 10%
two reports on site visits (500 words each): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tony Patti

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and the equivalent of 2 hours of tutorial/group discussion per week, including at least two field trips

Prerequisites

ENV3011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

This unit focuses on environmental management issues relevant to the extraction and production of minerals and energy; and the environmental impacts of these processes. Aspects covered include economic geology, recovery of resources, renewable resources, economic use of energy in conversion to products, basic economics of world trade including material balance, and policies for conservation of the environment as well as the resource. Study guides and a reader (including case studies) will be issued to guide the student in each topic area. Laboratory/tutorials/field work will enhance the theory. Students will be encouraged to develop and express their own views on strategies for alternative/renewable energy sources and materials for a sustainable future.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit the student should have a basic knowledge of how resources are deposited, distributed and discovered; appreciate (from case studies): methods of recovery, upgrading and value-adding; be educated in the material balance of global trade; be able to discriminate between good and poor conservation or resource management; have a balanced view of industrial and environmental needs; be able to make value judgements on the importance of sustainable resource development; develop an awareness of factors leading to the need for implementing alternatives to mineral and energy resources; and be able to plan effectively for future needs.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Assignment: 30%
Laboratory-field work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Barbie Panther

Contact hours

12 hours per week including home study, field work plus 2 days on-campus at vacation school

Prerequisites

ENV1722


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

Topics covered include the reserve system, the role of government, flora and fauna management and protection, indigenous land management, fire ecology and management, human environmental impacts, ecotourism and general management strategies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be conversant with the basic ecological, conservation, social economic and management principles that are necessary to formulate a management plan for a natural area such as a national park; appreciate the role of government and legislation in this planning activity; and use knowledge of the techniques for flora and fauna management, and fire and visitor management, to comment critically on natural area management issues and plans.

Assessment

Written assignments and practical work: 40%
End-of-semester examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week plus an average of approximately two hours practical exercises per week (including field excursions and assignment work).

Prerequisites

ENV1722 and six points of level two ENV units


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

Topics covered include the anatomy and physiology of trees, forest classification and uses, threats to sustainability of natural forest ecosystems, silvicultural techniques, plantation forest systems, and general management strategies for natural and plantation forests.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be conversant with the anatomy and physiology of trees and the uses of natural forests, threats to sustainability and government policy relevant to natural forests; appreciate the roles and limitations of plantation forestry, and outline the biological processes and silvicultural techniques employed in the management of forests.

Assessment

Written assignments: 40%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Wendy Wright

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week, plus an average of approximately two hours practical exercises per week (including field excursions and assignment work)

Prerequisites

ENV1722 and six points of level two ENV units


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

This unit emphasises the function of the atmosphere as a major environmental system and extends the student's knowledge of the basic chemical and physical processes. The structure of the atmosphere, the mass/energy balances, the predominant atmospheric species, relevant biogeochemical cycles, photochemical reactions and environmental chemical models are studied. This provides students with the background to understand current issues such as atmospheric pollution, the enhanced greenhouse effect and stratospheric ozone depletion. Regional atmospheric issues are examined to explore the causes, effects and control of air particulate levels, urban smog and acid deposition.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. an awareness of
    1. the ways in which the atmosphere interacts with the lithosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere to regulate the overall condition of the environment,
    2. the role of atmospheric processes in regulating global climatic conditions; and
    3. the effects which atmospheric pollution, both biogenic and anthropogenic, may have on the global environment;
  2. a knowledge of
    1. the basic composition and structure of the atmosphere and the energy and mass transfer processes, and
    2. of the changes in the atmosphere through time and related causes and effects, including the greenhouse effect and ozone depletion; and
  3. the skills to
    1. detect, quantify and interpret the presence of a range of major atmospheric chemical species,
    2. apply concepts to develop environmental models of the atmosphere, which may be of value in the process of responsible environmental management, and
    3. deal with current atmospheric issues and recommend suitable management practices.

Assessment

Fieldwork/practical reports and one assignment (3,000 words): 40%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Barbie Panther

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures and 3 hours of laboratory per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students undertake a 3-day residential school program

Prerequisites

CHM1022 and ENV1711 and 24 points of second level studies


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fiona Hogan (Gippsland); Dr Charles Clarke (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit examines the role of government, industry and other stakeholders in environmental management. It introduces, examines, explains, analyses and applies the relevant features of environmental management and its associated tools, including environmental auditing and improvement plans, environmental impact assessment and the use of digital mapping technologies such as Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and Geographical Information Systems (GIS) . It explores ethical issues associated with environmental decision making. It is concerned with best practice environmental management and is designed to prepare students for a career in natural resource management, drawing case studies from a range of industries.

Objectives

On completion of the unit students will: appreciate the roles and responsibilities of government and the various governmental agencies in environmental matters; understand the purpose, role and structure of environmental management systems and be able to apply them in practical industrial settings; appreciate the role, value and limitations of environmental impact assessment and be able to apply this process; be able to critically examine and evaluate the effectiveness of an environment effects statement; have an appreciation of health and environmental effects from industrially-related activities; have an understanding of the procedures required to plan and manage environmental issues; have an appreciation of the role of environmental ethics in managing environmental issues; and be familiar with the use of digital mapping tools such as Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and Geographical Information Systems (GIS) in the management of natural resources.

Assessment

Major assignment (2,500 words): 25%
Minor assignment (1,000 words): 10%
Field activity participation and reports: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fiona Hogan

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and one hour of tutorial per week, plus 1-2 site visits/fieldwork

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students undertake a non-compulsory 2-day residential school program

Prerequisites

ENV1711 or ENV1800


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Kirsten Schliephake

Synopsis

Establishment of a waste reduction and waste-to-resource culture; Sustainable waste management in the context of greenhouse gas emissions and renewable energy generation; Solid waste disposal and recycling (municipal, C&I, C&D); Treatment/remediation options and disposal of hazardous chemicals; Landfill management; Biological (aerobic and anaerobic) and chemical/physical remediation techniques of recalcitrant organic compounds such as petrochemicals in soils and aquifers; The use of substitutes to minimise environmental impact; Integrating cleaner production opportunities with triple bottom line criteria and life cycle analysis; Case studies are drawn from process industries and historical catastrophes; Scheduled site visit to resource recovery and landfill facility.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments (including report on site visit): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Barbie Panther

Contact hours

3 x 1-hour lectures and 1 x 1-hour tutorial per week and 1-2 site visits

Prerequisites

CHM1022 or CHM1752, and CHM2752. Students enrolled in the BCivEnvEng must also do ENG3203.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Clayton - Summer); Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson (Clayton - Semester One and Two); Ms Jenny Mosse (Gippsland/OCDL)

Synopsis

An individual research project in Environmental Management relating to a relevant major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, project design and data analysis, seminar attendance. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average, including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

SCI3739, SCI3742


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marion Anderson

Synopsis

The beginning and evolution of the Universe, Solar System and Earth; planetary geology and the structure and chemistry of the Earth and other planets; geological evolution of the Earth, relative and absolute scales in geological time; plate tectonics and the structure of the Earth's crust; minerals and igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks and processes; formation and evolution of life, atmosphere and oceans on the Earth and other planets during geological time, geology and the environment.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit students will be able to discuss the birth, evolution and age of the universe and solar system; describe the earth's structure and chemistry as well as some of the tools that have been used to discover them, discuss the evolution of the earth's crust over geological time; describe geologic time in relative and absolute terms; identify and describe minerals and rocks, including some of their properties; discuss some of the processes involved in sedimentation, volcanic and igneous activity and metamorphism; and describe theories on the origin and evolution of life, the atmosphere and oceans on earth.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work, quizzes, assignment and a field excursion: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prohibitions

ENV1011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marion Anderson

Synopsis

A continuation of the introduction to Geosciences. Topics include: Plate tectonics; formation and evolution of ocean basins and continents, earthquakes and volcanoes, mountain ranges and the formation of coal, petroleum and mineral deposits; the formation of rocks in various sedimentary environments and how rocks and the crust deform over geologic time; palaeontology and the evolution of life in Earth's history; the importance of groundwater hydrology, aqueous geochemistry and transport of elements in waters of the Earth's surface and crust.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to discuss the major features of ocean basins and continents, and to describe some of the processes which form them; discuss the processes of sedimentation and use the information tied up in sedimentary rocks to infer their environments of deposition; recognise and explain the features of, and processes, that deform rocks and minerals; describe the geologic evolution of Australia; explain how fossils can be used to study the evolution of life through geologic time, and infer the palaeoclimatic conditions on earth; discuss different types of ore, coal and petroleum deposits and explain some of the processes that form them; explain some of the aspects of geosciences that are important to the environment; explain some of the aspects of remote sensing and how they relate to the study of our planet and other planets.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work, quizzes, assignment and two field excursions: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

ESC1011, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Synopsis

Investigates evolutionary patterns of Gondwana fauna, for 3.8 billion years. Topics: origin of life, metazoan origins in late Precambrian, Cambrian 'explosion' of shelled organisms, rapid evolution and mass extinctions (acritarchs, dinosaurs), biologic effect extraterrestrial impacts, vulcanism, changing climate and geography (impact of developing aridity on biota, 'Snowball Earth' metazoan origins), origin of major animal groups (molluscs, marsupials). Emphasis on strengths/weaknesses of interpretive methods and how complex science can be presented to a wide audience. Optional Field Trip.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know: some detail of the course of life on Earth from 3.8 billion years to present; the effect that tectonic plate movement and the waxing and waning of continents and ocean basins have had on the biosphere, climate and environments through time; the background to the formation of the modern biosphere of Australasia; that modern environments and climate in Australia are very atypical, and how this has impact on the future predictions of climatic and environmental change; how the fossil record can be used in the dating of rock sequences; how the biosphere interacts significantly with the physical environment; the history of research in palaeontology on the Australian continent; how to present a research paper at a scientific meeting in the form of an oral presentation and a poster, how to interpret scientific research to a public audience and deal with the media. ESC3232 students have the extra workload of submitting an essay in the form of a scientific paper, which is not required for ESC2032 students, and ESC3232 students are expected to produce higher quality work, and marked as such, compared with ESC2032 students.

Assessment

Poster (A0): 15%
Oral Presentation: 15%
Examination (2 hour): 30%
Laboratory work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units

Prohibitions

ESC3232


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Synopsis

An integrated understanding of processes that build and modify the Earth's crust. This unit uses the broad framework of plate tectonics to define the nature of all major geological environments and processes. The unit deals with where and how mountain belts form, an introduction to describing structures and their significance, and where and how sedimentary basins form. It also covers sedimentation and understanding the evolution of the atmosphere through time, changes in climate and hence palaeobiology in a plate tectonic context.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able: to relate geological processes to global tectonic settings and to provide a broad integrated overview of crustal processes on planet Earth; to understand global volcanism and how volcanic rocks constrain past tectonic regimes; to understand mountain-building processes, and to be able to use the products of tectonics (metamorphosed and deformed rocks) to decipher tectonic processes; to understand earthquakes and deep earth structure; to understand basin evolution and the sedimentological and palaeontological record of basins.

Assessment

Two closed book examinations (2 hours each): 50%
Practical examination: 10%
Practical/fieldwork: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, two hours of practical/tutorial classes per week and two 2-day field trips

Prerequisites

ESC1011 and ESC1022 or permission of head

Prohibitions

ESC2011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Folkes

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the internal structure of the Earth, plate tectonics and related magmatism/volcanism. We will study how and when rocks melt, and how melts evolve into a variety of magmatic rocks as observed in the field, hand specimen, and under the microscope. We will also study how we determine the age of rocks, the Earth and the solar system. Hydrogeology discusses the flow of groundwater in the shallow Earth's crust and the chemistry of groundwater as an indication of past and present hydrogeological processes, including contamination, salinity, and acid mine drainage

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: understand the internal structure and composition of the Earth; the processes that drive where and when melting takes place on the Earth; the dynamics of the earth's mantle and mantle crust relationships; processes that result in variation of element and isotope abundances and how we use these to determine the age of geologic materials; mineralogy and the petrographic microscope in order to identify igneous rocks and minerals; how the 3D distribution of rocks in the field relates to tectonic processes; basis of groundwater flow and geochemistry in determining hydrogeological processes; dating of groundwater; application of hydrogeology to environmental issues (eg salinity and acid mine drainage)

Assessment

Two examinations (2 hours each): 50%
Practical examination: 15%
Practical/fieldwork: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Folkes

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and three hours of practical/tutorial classes per week; and one or two one-day field trips.

Prerequisites

ESC2111

Prohibitions

ESC2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

On the successful completion of this unit the student will be able to understand the basic concepts of geological mapping, understand the principles and methods of acquiring structural, sedimentological and stratigraphic data in the field, construct accurate geological maps and cross-sections based on field data, read and understand geological maps, understand the origin of geological information expressed in the literature, synthesise large amounts of geological data, and present conclusions derived from field geology in oral and written form. A six-day intensive mapping camp in the Buchan area of eastern Victoria is a major component of the course.

Objectives

After completing this unit the student will have gained an understanding of geology in the field, including constructing and interpreting geological maps.
The student will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of geological mapping, a fundamental part of understanding earth processes, including the type of information contained on geological maps and how that information is vital to a complete understanding of regional geology;
  2. Understand how structural, sedimentological and stratigraphic data are obtained in the field and how such data helps us to understand geological evolution;
  3. Be able to construct accurate geological maps and cross-sections based on field data acquired by the student;
  4. Be able to read and understand geological maps in general;
  5. Understand the origin of field-based geological information presented in the literature;
  6. Synthesise large amounts of geological data and express the findings in a final scientific report and orally;
  7. Learn about safe behaviour in the field.

Assessment

Geological map, cross-sections and field report: 60%
Assessment of field skills: 5%
Practical assessment: 10%
Literature review (2000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Betts

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week. Six field days (Eastern Victoria)

Prerequisites

ESC2111 or permission of the Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC2061, ESC2062


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Tomkins

Synopsis

This subject is an introduction to classification, distribution and characteristics of metalliferous ore deposits. An understanding of ore deposit genesis is developed via an Earth Systems approach. The tectonic settings of ore deposits are considered within the context of the plate tectonic paradigm, and global metallogenic events throughout Earth's history. This includes a brief introduction to the minerals industry, including mining and exploration practices. Practical classes will examine sample sets from around the world and focus on developing and understanding of ore deposit genesis, and on developing skills suitable for the minerals industry. Fieldwork consists of an excursion to examine the ore deposits of Victoria.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide an introduction to the study and interpretation of metallic ore deposits, their mineralogy, textures, structural history, environments of formation and geochemistry involved in their genesis; expose the student to a wide range of ore deposit styles in the laboratory for both hand specimen and petrographic study; develop scientific understanding and methodologies for effective mineral exploration in Australia and abroad.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical Examination: 10%
Laboratory work/assignments/field excursions: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Tomkins

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week, and one 1-day field excursion

Prerequisites

ESC2111 and ESC2122


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Tomkins

Synopsis

This unit consists of a 10 day field trip to New Zealand. The field trip will outline various aspects of the geology of New Zealand including active arc volcanoes, geothermal systems, seismically active zones, major fault systems, allochtonous terranes, obducted ophiolites, large braided river systems, active glacial systems, and epithermal gold systems. The unit will traverse New Zealand from South Island to North Island and will focus on the volcanic and neotectonic elements of this geologically dynamic country.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have a view of New Zealand geology and an insight into a dynamic volcanically and seismically active geological system. At the end of the unit students will be able to: recognise, describe and interpret structures in a neotectonic environment; assess kinematic directions associated with shear zones; understand variations in seismicity in different tectonic environments; distinguish between hotspot and subductionprelated volcanism and associated geothermal systems; understand the tectonic evolution of New Zealand and its relationship to Australia.

Assessment

Outcrop presentation: 30%
Logging exercises: 30%
Scientific report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Tomkins

Contact hours

One 2 hour lecture and an 80 hour field course

Prerequisites

Only 10 positions are available; and will be offered on the basis of academic merit in ESC2111, ESC2122 and ESC2132.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

A three-week field camp during the mid-year vacation, the unit aims to teach the skills of geological mapping in a classic field location of Australian geology. The emphasis will be on observing, recording, and interpreting geologic phenomena in the field. Students will draw on a theoretical background of lectures and laboratory studies in first, second and third-year geology to analyse real rocks in the real world. Students will use their observations and interpretations to construct geological maps and cross-sections and determine the geological history of a complex poly-deformed terrane.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed key observational and interpretation skills associated with collecting geological data in the field. They will be able to: observe and interpret the distribution of lithologies and structures in the field; understand the basic concepts of field mapping techniques; produce a geological map and cross-sections from field observations; determine the relationship between structure and metamorphic assemblages; develop skills in visualizing of complex three dimensional geometries; unravel the geological history of one of the most complexly deformed terranes on the planet; develop skills in determining overprinting relationships from field geology; communicate results in a written report; work in a team environment and communicate of results with peers.

Assessment

Geological map and cross section: 70%
Written reports and exercises: 20%
Field performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Betts

Contact hours

Three weeks over the mid-year vacation

Prerequisites

ESC3201


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Advanced concepts of groundwater flow. Sustainable use of groundwater resources. Chemistry of groundwater and water rock interaction. Groundwater-surface water interactions. Contaminant transport in groundwater. Monitoring hydrogeological processes using remote sensing and geophysical techniques.

Objectives

On completion of this unit a student will understand: the hydrologic cycle, in particular groundwater; the physical controls on groundwater flow and the impacts that pumping, artificial recharge and land use changes have on natural flow systems; the origins of solutes in groundwater and water-rock interaction; groundwater-surface water interaction; origins, transport, and fate of contaminants such as organic compounds and metals; and the use of remote sensing and geophysical techniques to monitor hydrogeological processes.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work/assignments/field excursions: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week, and one 1 or 2-day field excursion

Prerequisites

ESC2122


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

This unit allows students to devote themselves to a major research project during third year. The project may involve field and/or laboratory work and will introduce the student to geoscience research including independent study, problem solving, data generation, analysis, and report writing. The experience gained in the unit will serves as training for postgraduate or professional research.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have an appreciation and understanding of research methods and practices in geosciences. They will have gained experience with data generation, manipulation and presentation. The unit will help develop the nexus between research and learning in the geosciences.

Assessment

Literature Review: 25%
Project Report: 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Prerequisites

Must have passed both ESC2111 and ESC2122 with a distinction average

Co-requisites

18 additional points of third year geosciences units selected from ESC3162, ESC3190, ESC3201, ESC3232, ESC3311, ESC3332, or ESC3421


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roberto Weinberg

Synopsis

Geology is essentially a forensic science, and every geologist needs to know the vital clues to look for in rocks in order to work out how the earth evolved. The unit will:

  1. focus on case studies from modern and ancient mountain belts;
  2. teach the basic skills necessary to unravel the history of deformation and metamorphism in zones of the Earth's crust affected by tectonism; and
  3. show how these observations can be linked and used to infer the large scale evolution of the earth.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to describe, classify and interpret the significance of both large and small scale structural features of deformed rock sequences; describe and classify rock microstructure, as well as understand basic concepts of deformation and metamorphic processes in rocks; .observe, identify and measure structural elements in the field, construct structural form surface maps, and to apply concepts of geometric, kinematic and dynamic analysis; understand progressive metamorphism in a variety of rock sequences; be able to quantify the conditions of metamorphism; understand the relationships between metamorphism and tectonics; interpret geochronological data from metamorphic terrains; recognise and understand crustal fluid flow and anatexis.

Assessment

Closed book theory examination (2 hours): 45%
Open book practical examination (3 hours): 25%
Ongoing assessment of practical exercises submitted after each case study: 30%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roberto Weinberg

Prerequisites

ESC2111 or ESC2122


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Synopsis

Investigates evolutionary patterns of Gondwana fauna, for 3.8 billion years. Topics: origin of life, metazoan origins in late Precambrian, Cambrian 'explosion' of shelled organisms, rapid evolution and mass extinctions (acritarchs, dinosaurs), biologic effect extraterrestrial impacts, vulcanism, changing climate and geography (impact of developing aridity on biota, 'Snowball Earth' metazoan origins), origin of major animal groups (molluscs, marsupials). Emphasis on strengths/weaknesses of interpretive methods and how complex science can be presented to a wide audience. Optional Field Trip.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know: some detail of the course of life on Earth from 3.8 billion years to present; the effect that tectonic plate movement and the waxing and waning of continents and ocean basins have had on the biosphere, climate and environments through time; the background to the formation of the modern biosphere of Australasia; that modern environments and climate in Australia are very atypical, and how this has impact on the future predictions of climatic and environmental change; how the fossil record can be used in the dating of rock sequences; how the biosphere interacts significantly with the physical environment; the history of research in palaeontology on the Australian continent; how to present a research paper at a scientific meeting in the form of an oral presentation and a poster, how to write a paper for a scientific journal, how to interpret scientific research to a public audience and deal with the media. ESC3232 students have the extra workload of submitting an essay in the form of a scientific paper, which is not required for ESC2032 students, and ESC3232 students are expected to produce higher quality work, and marked as such, compared with ESC2032 students.

Assessment

Poster (A0) and Essay (2000 words) worth 10% each: 20%
Oral Presentation: 10%
Examination (2 hour): 30%
Laboratory work: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week.

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units

Prohibitions

ESC2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

This unit will give a broad introduction to geophysical methods for students interested in the application of physics and mathematics for mineral exploration and general earth studies. Methods for gathering, processing and interpreting gravity, magnetic and radiometric data are presented in order to provide geological constraints for mineral exploration, regional mapping and numerical models. This unit includes an introduction to regional synthesis and structural geology.

Objectives

This unit will assist students in gaining an appreciation of geophysical methods for mineral exploration and regional mapping of surface geology. They will learn the physical principles relating to observations of gravity, magnetics, and radiometric data. They will understand the fundamental parameters and the limitations of the equipment available for field work; the basic methods of data processing; data display and analysis; qualitative and quantitative methods of interpretation; and finally arrive at a geological synthesis using case histories.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Practical: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Betts

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

This unit covers the planetary scale structure and dynamics of the Earth, and the fundamental processes which create 'geology' as a natural consequence of Earth evolution. The unit will provide an understanding of the subtle interplay between Earth structure, planetary cooling, geomagnetism, mantle convection, plate tectonics, continental drift, heat flow, earthquakes, melt generation etc, and the diverse measurements/ models needed to gain this understanding including seismicity, seismic tomography, gravity, changing sea level, post-glacial rebound etc. It will concentrate on an integrated, quantitative, model-based approach to the geosciences.

Assessment

Practicals: 20%
Assignment: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45% unless their aggregate mark is lower, in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

12 credit points at level 2 in ESC, PHS or MTH units.

Prohibitions

GPS3011, GPS3022, GPS3212


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

This unit will provide an opportunity for more numerate students to investigate advanced topics in geophysical surveys, system development, imaging and analysis. It will cater for cross-discipline studies in physics, mathematics, electronics, IT, and geospatial technology. Students will gain an appreciation of innovation in instrumentation and application of new technology for sub-surface imaging.

Assessment

Combination of written exam(s), assessed practical(s), report(s), and/or oral presentation(s). The details of assessment will be determined and agreed between third year co-ordinator and student(s) in writing at the beginning of the project.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Betts

Contact hours

Equivalent course work or independent study to 6 points of 3rd year.

Prerequisites

12 credit points at level two in ESC, PHS or MTH units.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fabio Capitanio

Synopsis

Sediments: will deal with sediments from a global to microscopic scale, examining the main types of clastic and chemical sediments, their provenance and influences on their mode and environment of deposition. Basins: will examine the variety of sedimentary basins, how they develop and fill, and include aspects of seismic interpretation, well logging and subsidence histories. Resources: will study the generation and accumulation of hydrocarbons and the formation of coal deposits.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have a knowledge of: the different types of sedimentary basins and how they are filled; the main types of clastic and chemical sediments, how they are derived and the influences on their accumulation; what different sediments look like in natural field outcrops, and how sedimentary features can be used to determine depositional environments and stratigraphic sequences; the basic principles of seismic interpretation and well logging and how different stratigraphic and structural features can be recognised; the principles of hydrocarbon generation, migration and accumulation; environments in which peat accumulates and the formation of coal deposits; preparation of reports based on field observation, laboratory exercises and personal research.

Assessment

Practical work: 30%
Field work: 20%
Test (3 hours - theory and practical): 50%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45% unless their aggregate mark is lower, in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fabio Capitanio

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 3-hour practical class each week, and one day field excursion

Prerequisites

ESC2111 and ESC2122 or permission of Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC3211, ESC3241


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ray Cas

Synopsis

Physical volcanology: will address volcanic eruption styles and processes, and the variety and characteristics of eruption products. Igneous petrology: will include material on the petrology and geochemistry of the Earth's mantle and crust, their melting to generate silicate magmas and the emplacement of these magmas in and on the crust; also the basics of trace element and isotope geochemistry applied to the understanding of these processes.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, the student will have a knowledge of: the nature of melting processes within the Earth's interior and the way magmas move toward the surface, fill magma chambers, undergo crystallization and erupt; the physical processes which underlie volcanic activity, involving a range of magma types; the field occurrence and mineralogical/chemical nature of a range of products of magmatic activity, with emphasis on volcanic products; the distinctive geochemical features of volcanic rocks in the various global tectonic environments, and the significance of these features in terms of magma sources and evolution processes.

Assessment

Practical work: 30%
Fieldwork: 20%
Examination (3 Hours): 50%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45% unless their aggregate mark is lower, in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ray Cas

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 3-hour practical class per week and one 3-day field excursion

Prerequisites

ESC2111 and ESC2122 or permission of the Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC3211, EC3212


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

The project fosters independent work and problem-solving abilities. The results of the research project are written up in a thesis and reported in a seminar.

Assessment

Written report and research essay (up to 3000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Prerequisites

24 points of level three ESC units, including at least 12 points from ESC3201, ESC3411 or ESC3421

Co-requisites

ESC4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4100

Assessment

Refer to ESC4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4100

Assessment

Refer to ESC4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Students complete approximately twenty days of coursework on a wide variety of subjects taught at one of the Geoscience departments in the Melbourne area.

Assessment

Examinations, reports and seminar: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Prerequisites

24 points of level three ESC units, including at least 12 points from ESC3201, ESC3411 or ESC3421

Co-requisites

ESC4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4200

Assessment

Refer to ESC4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4200

Assessment

Refer to ESC4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

Food science is a highly interdisciplinary applied science. It incorporates concepts from many different fields including microbiology, chemistry, biochemistry and nutrition. This unit provides a comprehensive review of the biological and chemical concepts that are important in food science. Students will be introduced to food composition, food groups and their constituents and the nutritive values of food constituents. Nutrition labelling, food safety, food laws and regulations, quality factors in foods, sensory evaluation and a brief introduction to food processing, packaging and food spoilage and control are included. Regional food culture and current issues in food science, nutrition and technology will also be discussed. This unit provides an introduction to food science and technology and is a basis for more advanced study.

Objectives

After completing this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge of the scope of food science and its relationship with nutrition and food technology, and an understanding of the importance of food processing, packaging and preservation.
  2. A basic understanding of food composition, food groups and their constituents, and the nutritive aspects of various food groups.
  3. Knowledge related to nutrition labelling, food safety, food laws and regulations and sensory evaluation.
  4. An awareness of the regional food culture and current issues in food science, nutrition and technology.
  5. An ability to acquire and assess information and knowledge from the scientific literature, to discuss topical issues that are important in food science and to work as a team.
  6. Sound scientific written and oral communication skills.

Assessment

Assignment (10%), practical reports (30%), online tests (10%) and final examination (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Siow Lee Fong

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures per week
3 hours of laboratory practicals per week


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leong Wai Fun

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the nutritional roles of food nutrients in human health and well-being. The uptake and metabolism of major nutrients in the human body are examined and major health issues that are related to diet and nutrients are discussed. Nutritional guidelines for dietary planning according to various requirements are explained and the nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants, children, adolescents, adults and older adults are highlighted. Dietary requirements of individuals to support physical activities are outlined.

Objectives

After completing this unit students should be able to:

  1. Define the roles of major and minor food nutrients in the human body and apply nutritional guidelines to plan healthy and balanced diets for various individuals;
  2. Describe the digestion, absorption and metabolism of major nutrients in the human body in order to meet the body's needs;
  3. Apply the understanding of digestion, absorption and metabolism of nutrients in the human body to various nutrition-related diseases;
  4. Identify the nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants, children, adolescents, adults and older adults;
  5. Describe fitness, nutrients usage and dietary requirements of individuals to support physical activities;
  6. Acquire information from scientific resources and demonstrate team work and communication skills in their learning.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Presentations: 10%
Tests: 10%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Siow Lee Fong

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and a total of 12 hours of tutorials

Prerequisites

BTH2741


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

Food preservation deals with the methods of prevention or retardation of microbial, chemical and physical degradation of foods, while maintaining their nutritional quality, flavour and consumer appeal. Students will gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the scientific basis of the various traditional, modern and novel methods of food preservation for distribution and storage. Practical, cost-effective and safe preservation techniques to extend the shelf-life of foods will be discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: have theoretical and practical knowledge of the various ways that foods may be preserved including thermal and non-thermal processing; be able to explain the scientific basis of the various preservation techniques and to be able to apply the appropriate preservation techniques for different foods; be able to select the appropriate packaging for different foods with consideration of the use of resources, packaging stability and food safety; be able to determine shelf life for foods subjected to different preservation techniques, and be able to locate and appraise appropriate legislation and authoritative guidelines relating to shelf life extension; have an understanding of how regional culture may affect acceptance of different preservation techniques; demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and team work skills.

Assessment

Mid-semester exam: 20%
Practical reports: 30%
Three hour final exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Siow Lee Fong

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week plus 27 contact hours for practical classes

Prerequisites

BTH2811 and MIC2011 (or FST2830 for July 2007 intake)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Gary Dykes

Synopsis

Functional foods have emerged in the 21st century as a multi-billion dollar industry. The unit provides an overview of the scientific basis of functional foods throughout the human lifespan. Inter-relationships between the validity and proofing of health claims, legislation, safety and advertising strategies will be examined in the context of preventing or delaying onset of health disorders, and providing health benefits for specific disorders/diseases based on available epidemiological information. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to use this information with a view to developing research opportunities and novel products in the burgeoning global functional food market by linking existing knowledge with recent advances in biotechnology.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: understand the scientific basis for functional foods in promoting health benefits; possess a knowledge base to justify a role for functional foods in the prevention and/or delay of onset of specific health disorders or disease syndromes; be aware of market and social drivers that determine the development, growth and expansion opportunities of functional foods in a global environment; obtain evidence-based information on the safety and efficacy of functional foods; be able to evaluate experimental data obtained from the scientific literature and epidemiological sources as a basis to generate ideas for further research and investigation, and to critically evaluate current literature relating to innovation and development as well as marketing of novel functional foods within the requirements of a global legislative framework; demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

Mid-semester exam (two hours): 20%
Two projects / essays: 10% each
Oral presentation: 10%
Final exam (three hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Dykes

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and two hours of tutorials per week

Prerequisites

BIO1022, FST1800 and BTH2741


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Choo Wee Sim

Synopsis

Processed foods are increasingly popular around the world owing to their convenience, extended shelf life, and palatability. This unit introduces students to food processing principles that group physical food processes into basic unit operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer, drying, evaporation, contact equilibrium processes, mechanical separations, size reduction and mixing. After this, the unit expands on various processing techniques that transform raw materials into foods that are safe (chemically and microbiologically), nutritious, convenient and attractive to consumers. Students will gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the techniques used in the processing of various food groups. Students will be familiar with the physical processes and equipment used in processing of various food groups, and the regulation of food industry products and practices.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: have theoretical and practical knowledge of the various processing technologies that are used to transform raw materials into nutritious, safe and attractive food products; have a knowledge of the food processing equipment and food regulations; be able to explain the scientific basis of the various food processing unit operations and to be able to select the appropriate processing techniques for different foods; be able to assess the effects of various processing techniques on food quality, safety and nutrition; have an understanding of food regulations, new and emerging technologies in food processing; demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills.

Assessment

Laboratory sessions and practical reports: 30%
Assignment: 10%
Three hour final exam: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week plus 27 contact hours for practical classes

Prerequisites

BTH2811 and CHM2962


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Emily Goh (Semester 1); Dr Charles Clarke (Semester 2)

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Objectives

After completing this unit students will have demonstrated a high level of understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects in the research area of food science and technology, including to:

  1. understand the processes involved to design, develop and implement a supervised research project;
  2. execute and critically analyse research;
  3. be proficient in the use of computer data systems;
  4. be able to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  5. demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations to scientists;
  6. have gained technical skills appropriate to their area of study;
  7. undertake relevant research procedures and techniques that are essential for the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  8. be prepared for higher studies.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%
Presentation: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites

FST4280


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Emily Goh (Semester 1); Dr Charles Clarke (Semester 2)

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in food science and technology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in food science and technology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. complete assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites

FST4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Coral Warr (Clayton); Dr Tam Sheh May (Sunway)

Synopsis

Principles, concepts, organisms and techniques of genetics. Structure and organisation of genes, chromosomes and genomes. Cell division, Mendelian and non-Mendelian inheritance, mutation, gene mapping, prokaryote genetics, chromosome variation and evolution, sex chromosomes, clinical cytogenetics. Illustrative practical exercises.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the basic principles of inheritance in various organisms, particularly the application of Mendele's Laws. Students will have encountered the range of diverse organisms used in studying genetics and understand their common and unique features for the purpose of studying genetics (organisms include viruses, bacteria, fungi, plants, invertebrates and vertebrates, including humans). Students will be able to describe the common chromosomal and molecular mechanisms that underlie inheritance and understand the basic structure of DNA, genes and chromosomes. They will have developed an awareness of the relevance and value of genetics to human society, as well as skills in data collection, data analysis and data organisation necessary in the preparation and presentation of scientific reports. Students will have developed problem-solving skills, including the use of simple statistical concepts for data analysis and interpretation. In addition, they will have mastered basic laboratory techniques, learnt the value of working with peers as part of a team and appreciate the principles underlying experimental design.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work (one mid-semester and one end-of-semester test, each of 50 minutes duration): 35%
Computer mapping project report: 10%
Weekly assignments: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Coral Warr

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour combined tutorial/laboratory session

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042. Recommended: MOL2011 (complementary unit)

Prohibitions

BMS2042


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Coral Warr

Synopsis

The structure, function, variation and evolution of DNA and of genomes are examined at both the individual and population levels in a range of organisms, including humans. Topics include: genome structure and approaches to genome analysis; genome projects and bioinformatics; functional and comparative genomics; evolution of gene families and movement of genes from organelle to nuclear genomes; genome variation between individuals and species and its applications in genetics; processes that change the genetic constitution of populations and species during evolution.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. be able to explain how genes are organised in chromosomes and genomes and the implications of this for gene expression and function;
  2. be able to describe the differences in genomes, and the uses of genomics in modern genetic research;
  3. be able to explain how genomes are mapped and sequenced, and how genes and genomes are analysed at a molecular level;
  4. be able to describe how studies of gene expression and function are performed on single genes and across entire genomes;
  5. be able to illustrate how DNA and genomes change and the implications of this for evolution and its uses in modern applications such as DNA profiling;
  6. be able to explain how genes behave in populations, describe concepts such as mutation and genetic drift, and illustrate how genetic variation can result in fitness differences that may drive evolution through the process of natural selection;
  7. have developed skills in a range of techniques and approaches used in population genetics and genomic analysis, and in data collection and analysis necessary in the preparation and presentation of scientific reports, including the use of simple statistical concepts;
  8. be competent in basic genetic laboratory techniques, have learned the value of working with peers as part of a team, understand the principles underlying experimental design, and have developed important problem-solving skills.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work (practical reports, project, mid-semester and end-of-semester tests): 45%
Weekly assignments: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Coral Warr

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour combined tutorial/laboratory session per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and one of BIO1022 or BIO1042; plus GEN2041

Prohibitions

BMS2042


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heather Verkade

Synopsis

The development of multicellular organisms from a single cell is a triumph of evolution. This unit explores how genes control the unfolding of the body plan following fertilization. It covers the genetic control of patterning and how cells acquire identities and become different from each other and become organised into organs. It includes the genetic control of fundamental cellular processes that enable cells to communicate with each other and the environment, to differentiate from each other, and to move. A comparative approach is used, based on model organisms including Arabidopsis, C. elegans, Drosophila and the zebrafish. The exciting current area of evolution of developmental processes or "evo devo" is included.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. be able to describe the genetic principles that underlie development and explain how these have evolved to generate the many different types of organisms;
  2. be able to give examples of the application of modern molecular genetic techniques to the analysis of development in a range of model organisms;
  3. be able to illustrate the impact of transgenesis and microscopy on our capacity to investigate cellular and developmental processes;
  4. have developed skills in the collection and analysis of experimental data;
  5. have developed skills in the written presentation of scientific information and ideas;
  6. be able to illustrate how science advances though new findings and the continuous publication of refereed papers;
  7. be able to critically assess new discoveries in developmental and cellular genetics.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical reports: 35%
Written assignment (2,000 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Heather Verkade

Contact hours

5 hours per week (2 hours lectures, 3 hours practicals/tutorials)

Prerequisites

GEN2041 or BMS2042 or MOL2011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Hamill (Clayton); Dr Tam Sheh May (Sunway)

Synopsis

Structural components of genomes, ranging from unicellular to multicellular organisms, including humans, are examined and mechanisms controlling gene expression in response to environmental stimuli are examined in detail. Ongoing developments in the rapidly advancing field of genomics will be introduced to provide a basic understanding of the various sub components of this field (for example human genomics, comparative genomics, functional genomics). Students will acquire basic laboratory skills involving advanced techniques in molecular genetics and genomic analysis and also experience in computer assisted genetic analysis, database examinations and bioinformatic inquiry

Assessment

End of semester written examination: 50%
Practical exercise reports and problem solving exercises: 35%
Assignment (critical literature review and/or database analysis, 2000 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Hamill

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 3-hour practical exercise or computer database analysis session per week

Prerequisites

Two units from GEN2041, GEN2052, MOL2011, MOL2022, BTH2741, BTH2752, BTH2746, BTH2757, BMS2042, BMS2062. Recommended: GEN2041 and both MOL or BTH units


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Clayton); Dr Kumaran Narayanan (Sunway)

Synopsis

The study of genetics and its applications to medicine and forensic biology including genetic disorders, genetic screening and DNA profiling. Topics include cytogenetics, immunogenetics, genetic counselling and gene therapy. The impact and ethics of recent genetic advances on both the individual and society will be discussed. The unit will focus on current techniques in DNA testing both in medical diagnosis and forensic biology. Practical sessions will involve an analysis of human chromosomes and aspects of genetic counselling.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will: obtain an understanding of modern genetics as it relates to fields of medicine and forensic biology, understand the techniques involved in modern genetics and their applications to medical genetics and forensic biology, gain an insight into the principles underlying genetic disorders and the range of genetic disorders that affect humans, understand the impact of the human genome project on medical genetics and forensic biology, appreciate the ethical issues affecting both the individual and society raised by advances in human genetics, acquire skills in the analysis and presentation of data and scientific ideas in written form and oral presentations, to further develop generic skills in problem solving and lateral thinking, be able to critically analyse scientific papers in the field of medical genetics

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work: 40%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Richard Burke

Contact hours

2-hours of lectures and one 3-hour practical session per week

Prerequisites

One of GEN2041 or BMS2042; plus another six points of level two GEN, BMS or MOL units, or BTH2732


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carla Sgro

Synopsis

Conservation requires knowledge of the reproductive and field biology of threatened plant and animal species. Modern molecular-genetic techniques provide valuable insights into population and breeding structure, movement patterns, and into levels of genetic relatedness and inbreeding within and between populations. Ecologically and evolutionary important processes that are affected by genetic variation levels, including resistance to disease, resistance to pollution and to environmental stress, and the process of adaptation to changing environments, are explained. Experience with relevant genetic techniques and with population genetic analyses are an integral part of the subject.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: achieve an understanding of the genetic structure of animal and plant populations; achieve an understanding of genetic factors and their interactions with environmental and management factors that influence the potential of a species to adapt and to avoid extinction; experience methods and techniques used in detecting, documenting and analysis of population genetic variation, and species variation, across a range of organisms; acquire skills in the collection, presentation and interpretation of genetic attributes of population data; have experience in written and oral presentation of scientific information and ideas; be able to interact positively and productively with partners, and to benefit from critical feedback.

Assessment

Practical reports: 40%
Oral presentation: 10%
Final examination (3 Hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Carla Sgro

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours practical/tutorial/discussion group per week

Prerequisites

One of either GEN2052, BIO2050 or BMS2042, plus another 12 points from any level two BIO, GEN or MOL units


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Summer); Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson (Semester One and Two)

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high-achieving students to undertake an individual research project in Genetics with an academic supervisor. It includes a critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis, and seminar attendance. The student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must have a distinction average across 24 points of second level units, including a minimum of 12 points from GEN2041, GEN2052, MOL2011 and MOL2022.

Prohibitions

SCI3740, SCI3739, BIO3990


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Hamill

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Students will present the results of their research project in a seminar. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Written literature review: 7%
Research project with written report on the results: 86%
Seminar based on research project: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Hamill

Co-requisites

GEN4200 or BIO4200


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Hamill

Synopsis

Students submit an essay on an advanced topic in genetics that is distinct from the topic of the GEN4100 research project. In addition, they will attend a series of Advanced Seminars in Genetics with associated exercises. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the unit coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Seminars and exercises in Advanced Seminars in Genetics series: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Hamill

Co-requisites

GEN4100


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

The project fosters independent work and problem-solving abilities. The results of the research project are written up in a thesis and reported in a seminar.

Assessment

Written report and research essay (up to 3000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Co-requisites

GPS4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4100

Assessment

Refer to GPS4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4100

Assessment

Refer to GPS4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Students complete approximately twenty days of coursework on a wide variety of subjects taught at one of the Geoscience departments in the Melbourne area.

Assessment

Examinations, reports and seminars: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Co-requisites

GPS4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4200

Assessment

Refer to GPS4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4200

Assessment

Refer to GPS4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simone Schoenwaelder and Associate Professor Jennifer Rolland

Synopsis

HUP3011 introduces students to basic pathology, i.e. molecular and cellular mechanisms of disease and how diseases are characterized and progress. Topics include tissue injury and cell death, inflammation, haematopathology, disorders of immunity, disorders of cell growth, neoplasia and pathology of infectious diseases. Mechanisms for pathological processes are reviewed together with how these processes cause disease by overcoming normal regulatory controls. Principles are illustrated by reference to specific diseases. This approach provides students with an understanding of terminologies applicable to pathology and an appreciation of the causes and natural progress of human diseases.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed: an understanding of basic pathological processes; diagnostic skills and skills in problem solving through the study of the cellular and molecular changes associated with inflammatory, immunological, haematological and neoplastic disorders; analytic and interpretative skills through literature review and report compilation for selected topics.

Assessment

Multiple choice question examination: 15%
Project assignment: 15%
Practical class assessment: 20%
End of semester examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simone Schoenwaelder

Contact hours

Two lectures and one 2-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

MOL2011 or BMS1062, and one of DEV2022 or BMS2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simone Schoenwaelder and Associate Professor Jennifer Rolland

Synopsis

This unit will adopt a systematic approach to the study of pathology. Organ systems will be addressed in turn including the important diseases in each. These will include ischaemic heart disease, diabetes, obesity, stroke, leukaemia, carcinomas of the breast, lung and colon, inflammatory diseases of the lung, kidney and liver, and sexually transmitted diseases. The aetiology, clinical presentation, treatment and course of the diseases will be discussed. Particular emphasis will be placed on molecular and genetic aspects of disease pathogenesis. Laboratory investigations will be presented to provide an integrated approach to the diagnosis of specific diseases.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have developed: an understanding of the cellular and molecular pathology associated with important diseases of the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, haematopoietic, female and male genital systems; diagnostic skills and skills in problem solving relating to specific diseases and be able to relate these to the clinical presentation; analytic and interpretative skills through literature review and report compilation for selected topics.

Assessment

Multiple choice question examination: 15%
Project assignment: 15%
Practical class assessment: 20% End-of-semester examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simone Schoenwaelder

Contact hours

Two 1 hour lectures and one 2 hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

HUP3011; or a combination of MOL2011 or BMS1062 and one of DEV2022 or BMS2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Neetu Gopinath

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to various aspects of Pathology and its importance in medical sciences. The unit covers

  1. Clinical Biochemistry which will include metabolisms of vitamins and minerals and organ functions;
  2. Haematology - this will involve general theory of haemopoiesis and anaemia and coagulation;
  3. General Pathology, Histopathology and Cytology will include principles of cell degeneration necrosis, healing and repair, basic cell structures and functions;
  4. Medical Parasitology and Entomology will be confined to protozoology and helminthology and basic knowledge of the life cycles and human diseases born by insects and arachnids.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of how the organs and tissues of a healthy body change to those of a sick person. It provides an understanding of the disease processes encountered, their causes and their clinical effects. Therefore in General Pathology/ Histopathology/ Cytology the objective is to show some basic mechanisms by which the normal in the body is converted to the abnormal while Clinical Biochemistry will enable students to further their appreciation of the involvement of metabolic interrelationship in health and disease. Haematology will help the students to achieve an understanding of how blood diseases can be explained from the biochemical, physiological and immunological processes involved in normal cell functions and disturbances that may occur in different diseased states while Medical Parasitology and Entomology will help them in understanding the pathophysiology of some parasitic diseases found in Malaysia.

Assessment

Assignment: 10%
Mid-semester test: 10%
Practical reports: 30%
Final Exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Neetu Gopinath

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, one 3-hour practical class and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTH2741, BTH2752, ANT2331


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester (extended) 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

Students undertake discipline-related work in a full time, paid industrial placement of minimum 24 weeks. For admission to the cooperative education program, students participate in a selection process and are short-listed based on academic performance, interpersonal and communication skills and employer requirements. Students negotiate and undertake a learning contract with their workplace and academic supervisors, in response to the requirements of their role, focusing on personal and professional development, understanding their environment at the team, organisation and industry level, and development of scientific skills and knowledge.

Objectives

The objective of unit IBL2030 is for students to integrate knowledge, skills and understanding gained in the classroom and laboratory setting with experience of productive employment in an authentic context. Students will not only understand the relevance of scientific knowledge and skills gained in coursework, but will also have an opportunity to apply their expertise to real-world problems.

Assessment

Attendance, Learning contract, Journal (3000 words), Employer and self evaluations, Final report (4000 words) and oral presentation (Pass Grade Only).

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Barbie Panther

Contact hours

Industrial placement for at least 24 weeks full-time employment

Prerequisites

1. Admission to cooperative education program. 2. Satisfactory completion of the work placement training sessions and the two work placements of 10 days in Year 1 and 15 days in Year 2. 3. Completion of at least 84 points of studies creditable to course, normally consisting of at last seven 6-point units in each of the first two years of studies.

Prohibitions

IBL2020


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedMonash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Full year 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Medical Biology, chosen from Immunology, Hematology, Trauma, Virology, Cardiology, Transplant Biology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the year.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research thesis: 93%
Oral thesis review: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Co-requisites

IMB4200 or an approved relevant unit


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4100

Objectives

Refer to IMB4100

Assessment

Refer to IMB4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Robyn Slattery


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4100

Objectives

Refer to IMB4100

Assessment

Refer to IMB4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Robyn Slattery


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Medical Biology, chosen from Immunology, Hematology, Trauma, Virology, Cardiology, Transplant Biology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake two theory modules and present seminars on their research

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of theory module 1, 40%; theory module 2, 20%; research progress seminar, 20%; final seminar, 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Robyn Slattery


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4200

Objectives

Refer to IMB4200

Assessment

Refer to IMB4200

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Robyn Slattery


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2011 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4200

Objectives

Refer to IMB4200

Assessment

Refer to IMB4200

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Robyn Slattery


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio and Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

The immune system is central to many aspects of health such as recovering from viral and bacterial infections, vaccination against common diseases, fighting cancers and accepting organ transplants. The immune system is also responsible for many common conditions such as allergy and autoimmune diseases including type 1 diabetes, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis. IMM2011: Function of the immune system, introduces students to the fundamental concepts of the immune system. It describes the structure of the immune system, how it develops specificity and diversity and the mechanisms by which it distinguishes self from non-self. Also, communication and decisions associated with immune responses are described leading to the generation and function of antibodies and cell mediated immunity involved in fighting microbial infections. Finally the association of the immune system to other important health issues are introduced such as allergy, autoimmunity, cancer immunology, transplantation and immunodeficiencies. IMM2011 is designed to give students knowledge of the immune system important for many areas of biomedical science and as a lead into more advanced studies at level three and beyond. Together with formal lectures and tutorials, practical classes reinforce key concepts such as identifying components of the immune system and assaying immune responses to micro-organisms. In addition, flexible learning options including on-line material, audio-taped lectures, quizzes and interactive tutorials provide students with a wide variety of experiences and skill development.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have a firm understanding of the structure and function of the immune system as a defence mechanism against microbial pathogens, but also its role in a range of immune mediated diseases in humans. Students will learn practical skills to test specific immune responses and also develop communication skills through written and oral exercises. Detailed objectives include:

  • defining the key structural and cellular components of the immune system
  • describing and discussing how the immune system generates specificity and diversity
  • describing the basic structural components of micro-organisms recognised by the immune system
  • describing and discussing the cellular and molecular interactions and regulation of immune responses to pathogens
  • describing the involvement of the immune system with a range of human diseases not associated with pathogens
  • testing for immune responses to micro-organisms
  • participating in the variety of teaching environments offered to strengthen learning.

Assessment

Mid-semester multi-choice examination on theory and practical classes: 10%
Written theory examination: 60%
Practical/tutorial reports and participation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical or tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BIO1022 or BMS1021 or BMS1062. Recommended: CHM1031 or VCE Chemistry.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

This unit examines in depth important features of development and function of the immune system in health and disease. Areas covered include development of the innate and adaptive immune system, antigen processing and presentation, maturation of the immune response, self tolerance and regulation. Advanced techniques in immunology will be presented including the relevance of genetic engineering. Skills will also be developed in searching and critically reviewing the literature, in assignment writing and oral presentation.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: appreciate the relevance of the immune system to infection and disease; have an advanced knowledge of the key features of the immune system, its integrated nature and regulation; understand immune system development from haemopoietic stem cells; understand the molecular basis for generation of diversity and self-tolerance in the immune system; appreciate the application of cutting-edge technologies to the understanding of immune responses; have developed competence in accessing and reviewing scientific literature, critical appraisal of data, and oral and written communication.

Assessment

Two multiple choice examinations during semester: each 7.5%
Tutorial assessments: 15%
One assignment: 10%
One 3-hour examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial/self directed learning sessions per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052 or MIC2022 or BND2042

Co-requisites

IMM3051 is highly recommended


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

This unit will review the pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of disorders associated with an excessive, defective or unwarranted immune response. Disorders include autoimmune diseases, allergy, immunodeficiency states, leukaemia/ lymphoma and transplant rejection. Prospects for tumour vaccines will also be discussed. How new insight into the cellular and molecular nature of the immune system is enabling improved diagnosis and more effective control of these disorders will be demonstrated. Skills will also be developed in searching and critically reviewing the literature, in assignment writing and oral presentation.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will appreciate the normal function and regulation of the immune system; understand the pathogenesis of disorders of the immune system including autoimmunity, allergy, immunodeficiency, leukaemia/lymphoma and transplant rejection; have a knowledge of tests for diagnosis of immune disorders; understand strategies for immunosuppression and immunopotentiation to correct these disorders; have developed competence in accessing and reviewing scientific literature, critical appraisal of data, and oral and written communication.

Assessment

Two multiple choice examinations during semester: each 7.5%
Tutorial assessments: 15%
One assignment: 10%
One 3-hour examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial/self directed learning session per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052 or MIC2022 or BND2042. Recommended: IMM3031, IMM3051

Co-requisites

IMM3062 (recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to practical aspects of laboratory immunology. The course is laboratory based with tutorials to ensure a thorough theoretical understanding of techniques. Topics include the anatomy of the immune system, production of polyclonal antisera and monoclonal antibodies, structure and properties of immunoglobulins (antibodies), electrophoresis and other techniques for detection of antigen/antibody reactions. Diagnostic immunology techniques include immunofluorescence, fluorescence microscopy, flow cytometry, enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA) and analysis of plasma proteins (immunoglobulins, complement etc).

Objectives

On completion of the unit students will have developed a good knowledge of the anatomy and function of the cells and organs of the immune system; acquired practical experience with a wide range of laboratory techniques used in both research and diagnostic laboratories, which will equip the student with skills valued by employers and postgraduate supervisors; have an appreciation of the importance of quality control and experimental design; be able to source information in the scientific literature and on the web concerning topics related to the discipline; developed skills in the preparation of written laboratory reports and assignments.

Assessment

Practical class reports: 25%
One assignment: 15%
One 3-hour practical/written examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Contact hours

One 5-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or MIC2022 or BMS2052 or BND2042

Co-requisites

IMM3031 (highly recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

Students will learn more advanced techniques used in clinical and research immunology laboratories. These include assays for lymphocyte proliferation, cytokines, cell mediated cytotoxicity and detection of transgene by PCR. In vivo experimental models of immune disorders such as graft-versus-host disease are also examined. The course is laboratory based with tutorials covering theoretical aspects. Students will also conduct a six-week 'mini-project' (most projects run in the Department of Immunology at the Alfred Medical Research and Education Precinct), working in small groups attached to a research laboratory. Students will plan, execute and report on the project and present their results in a research forum.

Objectives

On completion of the unit students will have a good knowledge of clinical laboratory immunology; have acquired practical experience in advanced immunological techniques used in diagnostic and research laboratories; have developed skills in the planning and implementation of a research project, and in the analysis and interpretation of scientific data; be able to source information in the scientific literature and on the web concerning topics related to the discipline; have developed communication skills in scientific report writing and oral presentations.

Assessment

Practical class reports: 12%
Research project report: 20%
One assignment: 8%
One 3-hour practical examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Contact hours

One 5-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or MIC2022 or BMS2052 or BND2042. IMM3031 and IMM3051 recommended.

Co-requisites

IMM3042 (highly recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some fundamental aspects of immunology. It reviews the normal immune response to foreign antigens and how it provides defence against micro-organisms, and also the pathogenesis and diagnosis of disorders associated with an excessive, defective or unwarranted immune response. Disorders discussed include autoimmune diseases, allergies, immunodeficiency states, leukaemia/ lymphoma and transplants. Students will also be introduced to the practical aspects of laboratory immunology. Techniques used in clinical and research immunology laboratories will be presented during practical classes.

Objectives

The objectives of this unit are to ensure that students will be able to understand the

  1. normal function, regulation and anatomy of the immune system and how it provides defence against micro-organisms
  2. pathogenesis of disorders of the immune system and strategies for immunosuppression and immunopotentiation to correct these disorders and
  3. principles of immunological techniques used in diagnostic and research laboratories.

Assessment

Assignments: 20%
Practical Reports: 20%
Mid-semester test: 10%
and Final Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Contact hours

3 x 1-hour lectures, 1x 3-hour practical class and 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Completion of at least 12 points of biology and medical bioscience units. Recommended: One unit each of first year chemistry and second year physiology


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Synopsis

This unit will provide high achieving students a structured research experience by participating in a research project supervised by research academics within, or associated with, the department of Immunology. Research projects can be selected from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Immunology. Students will learn skills in research design, implementation, data analysis and interpretation. In addition, students will develop skills in scientific communication through written assignments and reports and oral presentations based on their project.

Objectives

  1. Developing skills in searching relevant scientific databases and reviewing literature in Immunology
  2. Developing an advanced knowledge in a defined area of immunology associated with the research project
  3. Developing and performing specific laboratory skills associated with a chosen research project
  4. Developing skills in experimental design, data analysis, interpretation and record keeping
  5. Develop skills in data presentation through computer based formats for oral and written presentations
  6. Develop skills in scientific writing centered on analysis of scientific literature and research data
  7. Experience and develop skills associated with working in a functioning research group
  8. Develop skills in time management and goal setting.

Assessment

Written literature review: 1500-2000 words, 5%
Oral presentation of research project: 20 min, 15%
Final research report: 8000 words, 50%
Laboratory assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Contact hours

12 contact hours per week

Prerequisites

+ Students must have completed all 1st and 2nd level units in their approved major
+ Students must have completed at least 12 points at 3rd year level associated with their approved major
+ A distinction average over 24 points at 2nd year level and 12 points at 3rd year level; associated with approved major
+ Students must demonstrate they have an appropriate project and supervisor
+ Permission for enrolment must be obtained from head of department or unit convenor.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Siow Lee Fong (Semester One); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Semester Two and Summer)

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to Medical Bioscience conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design, data analysis and seminar attendance. Students must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and unit coordinator.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will know how to carry out experimental designs, research techniques and data analysis and critically examine the literature pertaining to their chosen research topic. Students will be required to undertake an individual research project and present the work orally in a seminar and also to write up the research as a dissertation.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, not exceeding 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Siow Lee Fong

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of the project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average, including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Charles Clarke

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Objectives

After completing this unit students will have demonstrated a high level of understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects in their research area of food medical bioscience, including to:

  1. understand the processes involved to design, develop and implement a supervised research project;
  2. execute and critically analyse research;
  3. be proficient in the use of computer data systems;
  4. be able to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  5. demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations to scientists;
  6. have gained technical skills appropriate to their area of study;
  7. undertake relevant research procedures and techniques that are essential for the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  8. be prepared for higher studies.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%
Presentation: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites

MBS4280


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Charles Clarke

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in medical bioscience. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in medical bioscience will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. complete assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Clarke

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites

MBS4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Mohamed Mohideen (Clayton); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Sunway); Ms Jennifer Mosse (Gippsland)

Synopsis

The unit deals with the study of micro-organisms: their morphological and physiological characteristics, diversity and relationships and their importance to humans and the environment. Practical applications include, the study of selected micro-organisms in the environment and human body, concepts in microbial biotechnology including fermentation processes, control and use of micro-organisms in the food industry, water quality and bioremediation. The practical program includes microscopy, staining techniques, culturing, appropriate handling procedures and methods of enumeration and identification of micro-organisms. This unit provides a basis for the more advanced microbiology study.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will appreciate the diversity among micro-organisms, and the relationships between them. They will understand aspects of microbial cell structure, function, nutrition, physiology and growth, and be aware of the theoretical basis of common sterilisation and disinfection methods. Students will understand the role of micro-organisms in the preservation, fermentation, preparation and spoilage of food, and be aware of the important bacteria involved in medicine. Students will also have an understanding of the role of micro-organisms in the environment and their importance in the biogeochemical cycles, environmental pollution, water quality and treatment, bioremediation, bioleaching and waste treatment. Additionally, students will acquire skills in the use of basic microbiological equipment such as the microscope and steam steriliser, and in microscopic staining and visualisation techniques. Students will be able to culture and identify common species of bacteria and fungi, and will gain experience in report preparation and oral presentations.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (50 min): 15%
Examinations (2 x 2 hours): 40% (Paper I) and 25% (Paper II)
Practical reports and quizzes: 15%
Laboratory practical skills: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mohamed Mohideen

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

12 points of level-one Chemistry or one of BIO1022, BMS1021 or BIO1722 + Recommended: MOL2011 and MOL2022

Prohibitions

BTH2711


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Mohamed Mohideen

Synopsis

Builds on MIC2011 and focuses on the interactions of micro-organisms with each other or with other types of living organisms. Describes the practical importance of micro-organisms in health and disease. Aspects of infection studied include pathogenesis, epidemiology and basic immunity. Viruses are introduced, including an explanation of how their structure is related to their classification and strategies of replication in living cells. Several human infectious diseases are studied in detail, including examples of bacterial, viral and parasitic diseases that have major impacts on human health.

Objectives

The aim of this unit is to increase student's knowledge of micro-organisms, their importance in the environment, their importance in human health and disease, and the methods used to study them in the laboratory and in their human hosts. On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:

  1. the history of infectious disease identification and research,
  2. basic mechanisms of immunity to infection,
  3. the immune response to infection,
  4. the development and use of vaccines,
  5. host and pathogen factors and how they affect the outcome of infection,
  6. mechanisms of pathogenesis and emerging diseases,
  7. the spread and control of infection; antimicrobial agents and
  8. a detailed knowledge of selected infectious diseases. On successful completion of this unit, students will have skills in:
    1. use of basic microbiological equipment such as the microscope etc;
    2. use of microscopic staining and visualisation techniques;
    3. culture and identification of common species of medically important bacteria;
    4. preparation and submission of laboratory reports; and
    5. use of computer networks to access information.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (50 min): 10%
Examinations (1 and 2 hours): 25% and 40%
Practical reports and quizzes: 20%
Laboratory practical skills: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mohaned Mohideen

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

MIC2011 + Recommended: MOL2011 and MOL2022

Prohibitions

BMS2052, BTH2722


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Davies

Synopsis

This unit concentrates on specific aspects of bacterial molecular biology. Areas examined include the molecular biology of plasmids and genetic elements such as plasmids, transposons, integrons and pathogenicity islands, recombination and DNA repair mechanisms. The ability of bacteria to control gene expression in response to extracellular signals will also be examined, as well as the intracellular transport and secretion of macromolecules, and some aspects of bacterial genomics.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have built on previous broad knowledge to gain a theoretical understanding of: replication and mobilisation of bacterial plasmids, recombination and DNA repair mechanisms in the bacterial cell the molecular biology of transposons, integrons and pathogenicity islands molecular aspects of transport, assembly and secretion in the bacterial cell, the determination and use of bacterial genomic sequence data. Students will have acquired skills in: molecular analysis of components and processes in the bacterial cell, proper preparation and submission of laboratory reports, completion of literature searches and essay writing, use of computer networks to access information.

Assessment

Written theory examination (3 hour): 50%
Laboratory reports and practical class assessment: 30%
Essay (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Davies

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

at least two of BMS2052, BMS2062, MIC2011, MIC2022, MOL2011 or MOL2022.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Hans Netter

Synopsis

The unit will cover molecular aspects of virus replication and introduce the students to the mechanisms used by viruses in causing disease in infected hosts. The focus will be on human and animal viruses. The molecular properties of RNA- and DNA-containing viruses will be presented. The lecture material will be supported by practical experiments which demonstrate both classical techniques in animal virology and the methods of recombinant DNA used to analyse virus replication.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of the expression strategies of RNA- and DNA-containing viruses, the interactions between viral and cell components that lead to disease in animal and human hosts, the suitability of viruses as gene delivery vectors, the threat to world health of emerging viral diseases, and the methods used to study viral genomes. Students will have skills in the proper preparation and submission of laboratory reports, the purification and assay of animal viruses, and the molecular techniques used to analyse viral genomes.

Assessment

Written theory examination (2 hours): 48%
Theory of practical examination (2 hours): 26%
Laboratory reports, practical and theoretical class assessment: 26%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Hans Netter

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial presentation per week

Prerequisites

At least two of BMS2052, BMS2062, MIC2011, MIC2022, MOL2011 or MOL2022.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dena Lyras

Synopsis

The unit will introduce the student to the methods and approaches used to analyse pathogenic mechanisms of bacterial infections. The emphasis is on genetic approaches to studying pathogenesis, processes in pathogenesis, bacterial exotoxins and endotoxins. The details of these processes for selected bacterial infections will be studied by discussion of the most recent scientific research literature in this area.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained a theoretical understanding of: genetic approaches used in the study of pathogenesis, processes in pathogenesis; adhesion, cell invasion, replication etc, bacterial endotoxins, bacterial exotoxins, current literature on pathogenic mechanisms in selected bacterial infections. Students will have acquired skills in: searching of the scientific literature, critical analysis of research papers, cooperative small group writing, planning, editing , writing and assembly of a scientific book.

Assessment

Written theory examination (2 hour): 50%
Submission of co-operative collection of essays (each essay up to 4000 words): 50%
There is no practical class associated with this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dena Lyras

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 2 hours of tutorial/discussion/research colloquium session per week

Prerequisites

BMS2052 or MIC2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

In this unit, aspects of microbiology are presented which are relevant to infectious diseases. It builds on the content of previous subjects providing a basis of the study of medical microbiology, especially the nature of microbial infections of different body systems, immunity and mechanisms of host resistance, vaccines and the mode of action of antibiotics and how microbes become resistant to them.

Assessment

Written theory examination (2-hours):50%
Theory of practical examination (1-hour): 20%
Laboratory reports and practical class assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr John Boyce

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and up to one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial/ discussion session per week

Prerequisites

BMS2052 or MIC2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ben Adler

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Microbiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Microbiology. The unit convener and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of the enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills and attributes: review scientific literature in microbiology, including the ability to identify key information in this area; access databases for provision of information; presentation of oral reports; construction of written reports; manage workloads to meet deadlines; work with a significant degree of independence; plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results; perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations; maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor and gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%; final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ben Adler

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of Microbiology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction over 24 points at second or third year level in appropriate units.


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Students will submit a written literature review in the area of the research project (5,000-7,000 words), and at the end of the project present a seminar on their research findings, submit a written research report (15,000 - 20,000 words), and take part in an oral review of that report.

Assessment

Literature review: 10%
Seminar: 10%
Research report: 70%
Report review: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood

Co-requisites

MIC4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4100

Assessment

Refer to MIC4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4100

Assessment

Refer to MIC4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester. Students will undertake two colloquia on advanced research topics not related to their research project, each of which will be assessed by oral presentation and a written assignment of up to 2,500 words.

Assessment

Oral presentations: 50%
Written assignments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood

Co-requisites

MIC4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4200

Assessment

Refer to MIC4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4200

Assessment

Refer to MIC4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in the areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, ovarian and fetal physiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Monash Immunology and Stem Cell Laboratories. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, write a preliminary and final report on the project and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills and attributes: review scientific literature in the areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cell biology, embryology, or ovarian and fetal physiology; including the ability to identify key information in this area; access databases for provision of information; presentation of oral reports; construction of written reports; manage workloads to meet deadlines; work with a significant degree of independence; plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results; perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations; maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor and gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final, 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Graham Jenkin

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Director of MISCL


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, ovarian and fetal physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the year.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research thesis: 85%
Two seminars: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ann Chidgey

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A distinction average in 24 points at level 3 in PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH units or an approved relevant discipline; OR 18 points of PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in an approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites

MIS4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

The part time Honours unit aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, or ovarian and fetal physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research proposal: 75%
One seminar: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ann Chidgey

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A distinction average in 24 points at level 3 from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH or an approved relevant discipline; OR 18 points from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH and 6 points from an approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites

MIS4210


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

The part time Honours unit aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, ovarian and fetal physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research proposal: 75%
One seminars: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ann Chidgey

Contact hours

To be advised by the honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A distinction average in 24 points at level 3 from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH or an approved relevant discipline; OR 18 points from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH and 6 points in an approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites

MIS4220


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Regenerative Medicine and Biomedical Science. Students will undertake an oral presentation of a current issue in the Biomedical/Biotechnological/Regenerative Medical field and a written critique of a scientific article. Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and which involves some level of advanced theoretical training. Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester.

Objectives

  1. Be able to critically review the scientific literature in their discipline
  2. Show communication skills in both oral and written presentation to both a specialist and a non-specialist scientific audience
  3. Have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the field of regenerative medicine.

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%
Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%
Critique of scientific article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ann Chidgey

Contact hours

To be advised by Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points of level 3 PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA, MIC or BCH or approved relevant discipline; or 18 points PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites

MIS4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

Refer to MIS4200

Objectives

  1. Be able to critically review the scientific literature in their discipline
  2. Show communication skills in both oral and written presentation to both a specialist and a non-specialist scientific audience
  3. Have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the field of regenerative medicine.

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%
Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%
Critique of scientific article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ann Chidgey

Contact hours

To be advised by the Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points of level 3 PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA, MIC or BCH or approved relevant discipline; or 18 points PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in approved relevant discipline


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Jenkin

Synopsis

Refer to MIS4200

Objectives

  1. Be able to critically review the scientific literature in their discipline
  2. Show communication skills in both oral and written presentation to both a specialist and a non-specialist scientific audience
  3. Have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the field of regenerative medicine.

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%
Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%
Critique of scientific article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ann Chidgey

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points of level 3 PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA, MIC or BCH or approved relevant discipline; or 18 points PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in approved relevant discipline


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Priscilla Johanesen (Microbiology)

Synopsis

Topics include the molecular nature of nucleic acids and the mechanism by which they specify proteins; mutations and their consequences; the impact of viruses, mobile genetic elements and extranuclear organelle genomes on the genetic material of the nucleus; expression of genetic information and how it is regulated.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will understand the molecular nature of nucleic acids and the mechanism by which they specify proteins; be able to discuss the molecular basis of mutation and implications for genetic variation; understand the contribution and impact on the nuclear genome of viruses, mobile genetic elements and extranuclear genetic information; understand the diversity of mechanisms for control of gene expression and regulation. Students will acquire basic laboratory skills in molecular biological techniques and develop skills developed in the presentation of data and scientific ideas verbally, in writing, and through the use of computer-assisted learning.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%
Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Practical work and assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Priscilla Johanesen

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour small group teaching or practical exercise per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and BIO1022

Prohibitions

BTH2746, BMS1062


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Terry Kwok-Schuelein

Synopsis

Topics include recombinant DNA technology; use of bioinformatic tools to handle biological data generated by DNA and protein sequencing; genetic technology and its application in biotechnology.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: understand basic recombinant DNA techniques and their application; appreciate how biological information is stored in databases and how to retrieve, manipulate and interpret this information; understand the procedures for genetic manipulation. They will also appreciate recent and emerging examples of molecular biotechnology as well as have developed an ability to appreciate regulatory and other issues arising from the use of new technology. Students will acquire basic laboratory skills in recombinant DNA techniques and develop skills developed in the presentation of data and scientific ideas verbally, in writing. Students will be able to apply skills developed in using computer software to retrieve and manipulate information from databases.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%
Examinations (3 hours): 65%
Laboratory training: 15%
Syndicate sessions and assignments: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Terry Kwok

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and one 3-hour small group teaching or practical exercise per week

Prerequisites

MOL2011

Prohibitions

BTH3757, BMS2062


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Davies

Synopsis

This unit consists of three components broadly summarised as follows: Key concepts in the design, selection and application of materials; attributes such as stiffness (modulus), strength, toughness, chemical stability, electrical, magnetic, and thermal properties will be explained in terms of atomic bonding, crystal defects, polycrystalline microstructure and material flaws; case studies will include a broad range of materials such as carbon nano tubes, microchips, reinforced concrete, biomaterials, suspension bridge, and aerospace components, all used in a diverse range of materials applications.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject students will be able to: appreciate the influence of atomic structure, bonding and nano/microstructures have on some physical properties; have an understanding of different materials responses to forces and stresses; have an understanding of the basic mechanical properties, principally elastic modulus and yield stress, and be able to use these as design criteria; be familiar with processes occurring during plastic deformation and to draw upon these concepts in order to know how to strengthen the material; know how to tailor the mechanical properties of a polymeric material using control over crystallinity and the glass transition; understand the role of composite materials in engineering and their responses to applied stresses; understand the processes involved during fracture and have a broad understanding of how fracture can be avoided by appropriate selection of materials and design; have a basic understanding of the thermal, electrical and magnetic properties of materials in terms of the atomic and electronic characteristics of materials and to use these criteria for material selection; understand the processes of corrosion and degradation in the environment and to draw upon these to increase the lifetime through appropriate protection and material selection; be able to select an appropriate material for a given application based on the above points; appreciate the socio-political and sustainability issues influencing material selection; have become familiar with the resources of a library for acquiring information of specific interest to a Materials Scientist; have gained basic laboratory skills applied to study the microstructure and physical properties of materials; have an ability to communicate within a team in carrying out laboratory work; and have an ability to keep accurate laboratory records and to prepare a formal report on an experiment.

Assessment

Examination (2hrs): 50%
Laboratory work: 20%
Assignments: 10%
Tests: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorial classes, one 2-hour laboratory class and 7 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Mathematical Methods units 3 and 4

Co-requisites

MTH1010, if pre-requisites are not satisfied

Prohibitions

ENG1501, ENG1050


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Graham Edward

Synopsis

Bonding: atomic/molecular arrangement. Crystal systems: directions and planes, stereographic projection; metallic, ionic and ceramic crystals. Defects: vacancies and interstitials; dislocations; stacking faults, twin and grain boundaries. Thermodynamics: condensed systems; entropy, Gibbs free energy; ideal and non-ideal solutions; surface energy and microstructure. Phase Equilibria and Microstructures: Gibbs phase rule; free energy diagrams; phase diagrams; deviations from ideality, phase separation; ordering; eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic and peritectoid reactions; non-equilibrium microstructures, implications for physical properties.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: identify the different materials from which everyday products are made; understand the role of the different materials in the operation of that product; appreciate how the component would have been fabricated; understand the origins of mechanical properties of materials at the macroscopic (continuum) and microscopic (atomic) levels; appreciate the importance of a co-operative team effort in materials evaluation; and prepare written reports on laboratory experiments.

Assessment

Examinations (3 hours): 50%
Mid semester test: 7%
Laboratory work: 25%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory component to be eligible to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes per week. Six 3-hour laboratory classes per semester.

Prohibitions

MTE2541


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kiyonori Suzuki

Synopsis

The unit will focus on the "smart" functional roles of the materials in devices which depend on their electrical, optical and thermal properties. Examples of such devices are: active semiconducting devices and associated passive electrical components, "smart" transducers, optical fibres, optical coatings, liquid crystal displays, optical storage devices, the ruby laser, the solar cell, ceramic insulators, the Peltier cooler. The functional materials will be studied at the microscopic (atomic and/or molecular) level in order to gain an understanding of the device operation. In addition some discussion will focus on device fabrication.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: understand the atomic and molecular structures of functional electrical materials; describe conduction processes in metals, alloys, semiconductors, polymers and ceramics; understand the temperature dependence of these processes to the extent that they relate to the functioning of modern devices; understand the microscopic origins of polarization processes in electrical insulators, ionic, molecular, ferroelectric and piezoelectric materials; account for optical transmission and absorption processes in polarizable electrical materials; examine non-linear optical effects in doped glasses; appreciate material compatibility requirements in the fabrication of devices from different classes of materials; conduct laboratory experiments designed to measure properties and to have an appreciation of the importance of experimental accuracy in measuring physical properties; appreciate the importance of a co-operative team effort in materials evaluation; prepare and present written reports on property measurement; and appreciate the role of physical property assessment in materials research and/or manufacturing.

Assessment

Examinations 3 hours: 60%
Laboratory work: 25%
Written assignments: 15%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes per week. Six 3-hour laboratory classes per semester.

Prohibitions

MTE2544


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ilana Timokhina

Synopsis

This unit follows the microstructure development from liquid to solid state. It also addresses the thermodynamics and kinetics of liquid-solid and solid-solid transitions. The effects of heat treatment and alloying elements on the microstructural evolution are examined using steels and Al alloys as examples. The concept of transformation-Time-Temperature (TTT) diagrams as a means of description of the progress of an isothermal phase transformations is introduced. Application of Continuous Cooling Transformation (CCT) diagrams for phase transformations taken place during practical heat treatments is discussed.

Objectives

On completing this unit students will understand the evolution of microstructure during solidification of alloys under equilibrium and non-equilibrium conditions, the effects of processing parameters, and how microstructures determine material properties. Students will also develop skills in laboratory practice and techniques.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Assignments: 25%
Laboratory work: 25%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 one-hour lecture/tutorial classes and 7.5 hours of private study per week. 6 three-hour laboratory sessions throughout the semester.

Prerequisites

MSC2011 or MTE2541

Prohibitions

MTE2542


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor George Simon

Synopsis

Corrosion of surfaces, chemical and electrochemical properties of interfaces, localized corrosion, protection of surfaces, techniques of protection, organic and inorganic surface treatments, bonding at surfaces, thermodynamics of surfaces and interfaces, adhesion and mechanical properties.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will 1) attain an understanding of the corrosion processes and the factors influencing them; 2) be able to choose appropriate methods for detecting and mitigating corrosion; 3) understand the nature of interaction of surfaces and the factors which cause adhesion; 4) be able to control features relating to adhesion such as surface pretreatments and adhesive choice and design, so as to lead to improved adhesion; 5) understand the tests required for adhesive testing and appropriately interpret them; 6) gain an understanding of the principles and practice of techniques for improving the properties of surfaces for engineering applications.

Assessment

Examination: 55%
Practical work: 15%
Three assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

48 lectures/tutorials, 3 x 3-hour laboratory experiments, 7 hours per week of private study

Prerequisites

MSC2011

Prohibitions

MTE3510


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Jian-Feng Nie

Synopsis

Phase transformations - precipitation and precipitation hardening, spinodal decomposition, displacive transformations, ordering; and structure and properties of ceramics.

Objectives

Students will develop a thorough understanding of the characteristics and mechanisms of solid-state phase transformations in and their impacts on the performance of engineering alloys; an understanding of the role of dislocations in determining the mechanical properties of metals and alloys; in depth understanding of strengthening mechanisms in metals and alloys; a knowledge of basic principles of microstructural design.

Assessment

Three written assignments: 30%
Four laboratory classes: 20%
One three-hour exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

2.5 lectures/tutorials plus 2.5 hours laboratory per week

Prerequisites

MSC2011

Prohibitions

MSC3021, MTE3502


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kiyonori Suzuki

Synopsis

Electrical and optical properties of materials - dielectrics, ferroelectrics, piezoelectrics, superconductors and optical fibres; magnetic properties - microscopic origin of magnetism, hard and soft magnets, domains, anisotropy, magnet fabrication and applications; nanodevices which rely on the preceding properties, experimental techniques.

Objectives

To understand the science and technology governing the important properties and uses of the major electrical, optical and magnetic materials and the development of associated nanotechnological devices.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55%
Assignments: 12%
Laboratory work: 33%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes per week and an average of 2 hours laboratory work during the semester.

Prerequisites

MSC2111 or MSC2022 or PHS2011 or MTE2544

Prohibitions

MTE3508, MSC3011, MTE3545


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

A range of diffraction, imaging, spectroscopy, surface analysis and chromatography techniques for materials characterisation in metals/alloys, ceramics and polymers are introduced. The basic principles underlying the characterisation techniques including x-ray diffractometry, scanning and transmission electron microscopy, photoelectron or mass spectroscopy and gel permeation chromatography are explained. Students will investigate to the principles of mathematical modelling, including design of experiments, testing for relationships among variables, simple models based on difference and differential equations, fitting models to data; deterministic and probabilistic models.

Objectives

Understand the interaction of ionising radiation with materials and the resultant secondary effects; derive the structure factor and extinction law in diffraction events; account for the optics in optical and electron microscopy and types of lens defects and the limit of resolution; understand the electron inelastic mean free path and the escape depth and their significance in surface analysis; interpret results of basic characterisation techniques including XRD, SEM and TEM; recognise the capabilities of a range of other characterisation techniques including XPS/UPS, AES, RBS, SIMS and Massbauer spectroscopy; identify significant interactions among variables in an experiment, and design an experiment to extract those interactions; use a difference equation to model simple dynamical systems; propose and analyse an appropriate model for given scenarios; construct a simple simulation using a probabilistic model.

Assessment

Four written assignments: 20%
Laboratory work: 30%
One 3-hour written examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

2.5 lectures/tutorials plus 2.5 hours laboratory per week

Prerequisites

MSC2011 or PHS2011

Prohibitions

MSC3042, MTE3547


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving some original work on a topic chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and their academic supervisor.

Assessment

Literature survey: 10%
Thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Co-requisites

MSC4200


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4100

Assessment

Refer to MSC4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4100

Assessment

Refer to MSC4100

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and the student's academic supervisor, from offerings within the Department of Materials Engineering. Up to 12 credit points could be taken from appropriate offerings with the Faculty of Science, depending on the student satisfying the pre-requisites.

Assessment

Examination and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Co-requisites

MSC4100


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4200

Assessment

Refer to MSC4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4200

Assessment

Refer to MSC4200

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryAdvanced Studies (Enhance Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

A series of mathematical topics chosen from a range of areas of pure and applied mathematics and mathematical statistics, including dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, mathematical modelling, number theory, logic, algebra, operation research and applied linear algebra. For example, applied linear algebra topics may include several important applications of eigenanalysis, including image compression, face recognition and understanding how Google's Page Rank search algorithm works.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to allow high achieving students to complement their core first year mathematics units with studies in some areas of exciting new developments in mathematics.

Assessment

Assignments 40%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial / computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Bachelor of Science (Science Scholar Program) or Bachelor of Science Advanced with Honours with a HD in MTH1030 or D and above in MTH1035, or by invitation of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John McCloughan

Synopsis

Functions, domain and range, function representation; different types of functions including linear, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, polynomial and rational functions; function algebra; composition of functions; inverse of functions; transformations; modelling with functions; rates of change; introduction to differentiation and integration, including techniques and applications.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have acquired knowledge of: the notions of function and their representation as tables, graphs or mathematical expressions; basic characteristics of linear, exponential, trigonometric, and polynomial functions; algebra of functions and inverse functions; the notions of rate of exchange, differentiation and integration; will have developed skills in: identifying linear, exponential, logarithmic, periodic, polynomial, and rational patterns in graphs, tables, and mathematical expressions; using function algebra, calculating composition of functions and inverse functions; transforming functions through shifting, scaling and reflection; using functions as models of real- life behaviour; calculating simple derivatives and integrals; using computer algebra software to investigate the behaviour of functions, and their transformations and combinations, and as an aid in the modelling of real-life problems; and will have developed and/or strengthened the ability to present mathematical arguments in writing.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests: 40%
Student must pass the final examination to be granted a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Mr John McCloughan

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prohibitions

MTH1049. Please note that students who have already completed MTH1020, MTH1030 or MTH1035 cannot enrol in MTH1010.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky (Clayton); Dr Andrew Percy (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Properties of real and complex numbers; algebraic functions and common transcendental functions; modelling change using elementary functions; limits and continuity; rate of change, derivatives, local and global extrema; sums and integrals, anti-derivatives, calculus applications: optimisation, area and volume, introduction to differential equations; Vectors in two- and three- dimensional space.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should have a firm grasp of the properties of real and complex numbers and the analytical properties of elementary functions, be competent in using the basic techniques in differential and integral calculus to investigate the behaviour of functions which are used to model change in real-life situations and demonstrate basic knowledge of vectors in two- and three-dimensional space. In particular, they will have acquired knowledge of: the properties of real and complex numbers; the concepts of limit, continuity, differentiable and integrable functions; the basic analytic properties of simple algebraic functions and common transcendental functions; the concepts of local and global extrema; the inter- relationship between differentiation and integration; will have developed skills in: working out the functional behaviour by means of neat sketch-graphs; determining basic properties and behaviour of functions by analytic, numerical and graphical means; giving geometric interpretation of and the limiting processes involved in taking the derivative and the integral of a function; using differentiation and integration techniques in applied contexts; vectors and two and three-dimensional space; communicating and interpreting mathematical results; using computer algebra software to analyse change of real-life problems; and will have developed and/or strengthened the ability to present mathematical arguments in writing.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests: 40%
Students must pass the examination to be awarded a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1010 or VCE Mathematical Methods units 3 and 4 (with an average grade of C or above in the written examination components)

Prohibitions

MTH1055. Please note that students who have already completed MTH1030 or MTH1035 cannot enrol in MTH1020.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Semester One - Dr Leo Brewin; Semester Two - Dr Simon Teague (Clayton), Dr John Arkinstall (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Solution of systems of linear equations using Gaussian elimination; matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; introduction to vectors; methods of integration - substitutions and integration by parts; solution of first-order ordinary differential equations - separable, use of integrating factor; solution of second-order linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and applications; Taylor series and series convergence; the remainder term.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the key steps of the scientific method and how these are applied to modelling of simple physical phenomena;
  2. have developed skills in solving systems of linear equations;
  3. have developed skills in integral calculus;
  4. have developed skills in manipulating matrices and determinants;
  5. have developed skills in finding eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a square matrix;
  6. have developed skills in solving the differential equations that arise from simple models of population growth and oscillations;
  7. be able to use vectors to represent lines and planes;
  8. be able to prepare and write a scientific report which includes presentation of results from simple numerical models and the use of Excel to perform calculations;
  9. understand the use of Taylor series in approximating functions; and
  10. be able to use the remainder term in Taylor series to estimate the error term in truncating a series.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours) 60%
Reports, assignments and tests: 40%
Students must pass the examination to be awarded a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leo Brewin (First semester)
Dr Simon Teague (Second semester)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

MTH1020 or VCE Specialist Mathematics units 3 and 4 (with an average grade of B or above in the written examination components)

Prohibitions

MTH1035, MTH1085


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leo Brewin

Synopsis

Solution of systems of linear equations using Gaussian elimination; matrices and determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; introduction to vectors; parametric curves; methods of integration - substitutions and integration by parts; solution of first-order ordinary differential equations - separable, use of integrating factor; solution of second-order linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and applications; Sequences and series, Taylor series and series convergence, the reminder term.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the key steps of scientific method and how these are applied to modelling of simple physical phenomena;
  2. have developed skills in solving systems of linear equations;
  3. understand the theory of solving a system of n linear equations with m unknowns;
  4. have developed skills in the manipulation of matrices and determinants;
  5. have developed skills in finding eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of square matrices;
  6. have further developed skills in integral calculus;
  7. have developed skills in solving the differential equations that arise from simple models of population growth and oscillations;
  8. have developed skills in solving the differential equations that arise from simple models of population growth and oscillations;
  9. understand the process of setting up differential equations to model a simple physical process;
  10. be able to use vectors to represent lines and planes;
  11. be able to develop vectorial quantities in Rn;
  12. be able to parameterise curves and planes in R3;
  13. understand the use of Taylor series in approximating functions and to estimate errors in truncating a series;
  14. be able to apply rigorous mathematical reasoning to problem solving;
  15. be able to develop simple mathematical proofs; and
  16. be able to prepare and write scientific report which includes presentation of results from numerical and theoretical models and effective use of appropriate mathematical software in problem solving.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 40%
Final Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leo Brewin

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour tutorial/computer laboratory per week.

Prerequisites

VCE Specialist Mathematics with an ATAR/ENTER score of 95 or above; a VCE study score of 35 or above in Specialist Mathematics; a High Distinction in MTH1020; or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Faculty of Science office.

Prohibitions

MTH1030, MTH1085


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Delbourgo

Synopsis

Topics fundamental to mathematics and computing, including elementary number theory, sets, relations and functions; methods of logic and proof, especially proof by induction; recurrence relations and difference equations; trees and other graphs.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have an understanding of sets, relations and functions and associated concepts, and their uses in mathematics and computer science; will be able to use basic methods of proof, particularly induction, to solve problems in graph theory, combinatorics and number theory; will become familiar with simple first and second order recurrence relations; and will understand the basic concepts and algorithms of number theory, such as the euclidean algorithm and its role in investigating divisors and primes.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and/or practicals: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Daniel Delbourgo

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prohibitions

MAT1077, MAT1830


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

A mathematical research project chosen from a range of areas of mathematics and statistics, including astrophysics, dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, number theory, logic and meteorology.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have seen and developed applications of mathematics which go beyond what is possible in most mathematics units. Students will appreciate the power of mathematics; have learned research skills including accessing the existing literature, analysing data, developing and checking mathematical models; be able to use data collections both in the library and on the Internet; develop their communication skills by presenting an oral report on their work; gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Project report: 80%
Progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Bachelor of Science (Science Scholar Program) or permission of the head of School


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Semester One - Associate Professor Steven Siems; Semester Two - Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals. Vector differential calculus; grad, div and curl. Integral theorems of Gauss and Stokes. Use of a computer algebra package.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to understand basic concepts in multivariable calculus and its applications in a number of areas of mathematics and science; they will be able to determine extreme values of multivariable functions; evaluate line, double, triple and surface integrals; comprehend the concepts of gradient, divergence and curl; use the divergence theorem and Stoke's theorem; and have developed skills in the use of computer algebra software as an aid for modelling and in the production of scientific reports.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Projects: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Steven Siems (Semester One)
Dr Simon Clarke (Semester Two)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or MTH1085

Prohibitions

MAT2901, MAT2911, MTH2015


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryAdvanced Studies (Enhance Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

This unit is an alternative to MTH2010 for students with a strong mathematical foundation.
Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals. Vector differential calculus; grad, div and curl. Integral theorems of Gauss and Stokes. Use of a computer algebra package.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts in multivariable calculus and its applications in a number of areas of mathematics and science;
  2. test the formal definition of limits and continuity of functions of several variables;
  3. develop higher order expansion of the Taylor series in multivariable calculus;
  4. determine extreme values of multivariable functions;
  5. differential the determinant of a square matrix;
  6. evaluate line, double, triple and surface integrals;
  7. comprehend the concepts of gradient, divergence and curl;
  8. prove identities of grad, div and curl;
  9. apply the Gauss divergence theorem and the Stokes' theorem;
  10. have developed skills in the effective use of computer algebra software as an aid for modelling and in the production of scientific reports; and
  11. be able to apply rigorous mathematical reasoning to problem solving, and to develop simple mathematical proofs.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 40%
Final Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour tutorial/computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

A High Distinction in VCE Enhancement Mathematics or MTH1030; a Distinction in MTH1035; or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Faculty of Science office.

Prohibitions

MTH2010


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Synopsis

Vector spaces, linear transformations. Determinants, eigenvalue problems. Inner products, symmetric matrices, quadratic forms. Jacobi iteration, Gauss-Seidel iteration, least squares approximation, power method. Applications to coding, computer graphics, geometry, dynamical systems, Markov chains, differential equations.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: have a knowledge of the mathematical theory of linear algebra fundamental to any undergraduate mathematics course; be able to apply this theory in a wide variety of situations that require tools from linear algebra for their solution; have gained computational skills both with and without the aid of a computer algebra package; have enhanced skills in the oral and written communication of mathematics.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments: 20%
Laboratory work: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MAT1841, MTH1030, MTH1035, or equivalent

Prohibitions

MAT2912


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Synopsis

The study of Models of physical problems particularly heat conduction and oscillations, using computer simulation, laboratory experiments and mathematical analysis. Computer algorithms and mathematical techniques for ordinary differential equations using Euler and Predictor-Corrector methods with exact solutions found using separation of variables, integrating factors and substitution methods. The partial differential equations for material transport, heat conduction and wave motion are derived using physical models and solved using separation of variables and computational algorithms. Applications are to wave motion and heat conduction in a variety of practical situations.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have an understanding of: the importance of differential equations in a variety of applications; the analytic, computational and graphical approaches to the study of differential equations; the importance of initial and boundary conditions and the differences between ordinary and partial differential equations; the basic principles of numerical computation; the significance of differential equations in modelling real-world problems. Students will also have developed skills in: applying problem-solving techniques for the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations; using a computer algebra package; using a spreadsheet package for numerical computations; constructing a simple mathematical model in terms of a differential equation and interpreting and communicating the results.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Continuous assessments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1.5 hour workshop per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or MTH1085

Co-requisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015

Prohibitions

MAT2902, MAT2911


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leo Brewin

Synopsis

The unit offers a practical introduction to numerical computing. It begins by introducing the computing package MATLAB, which is widely used in science and engineering. MATLAB will be the basis for all teaching and practical work. Topics covered include error analysis, the solution of algebraic equations; approximations of functions: curve fitting, least squares and interpolation; analysis of data by Fourier Transforms and FFTs; numerical differentiation and integration; ordinary differential equations. These topics will be supported with case studies drawn from various disciplines in the physical sciences.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have the knowledge and confidence to use the computer as a tool to solve mathematical problems. Students will learn how to program using a simple but powerful package known as MATLAB (used extensively in commercial engineering and scientific organisations), and about algorithms and how they are translated from mathematics into MATLAB programs. Students will learn that there are many ways to solve a numerical problem; will be able to appreciate strengths and weaknesses of alternative algorithms; will develop skills to choose the appropriate algorithm for the problem at hand; and will develop a basic understanding of the approximations introduced in algorithms and the effects those approximations have on the quality of calculations.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory classes and assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leo Brewin

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one hour of laboratory classes per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035

Prohibitions

MTH3051


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Delbourgo

Synopsis

Groups in geometry, linear algebra, and number theory; cyclic and abelian groups; permutation groups; subgroups, cosets and normal subgroups; homomorphisms, isomorphisms and the fundamental homomorphism theorem. The Euclidean algorithm, prime factorisation, congruences, the Euler totient function; the theorems of Fermat, Euler and Wilson, and the RSA public key cryptosystem; Chinese remainder theorem; rings, fields and abelian groups in number theory.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Daniel Delbourgo

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1020 or equivalent

Prohibitions

MTH3121, MTH2122, MTH3122


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Burkard Polster

Synopsis

This unit is intended for students with little or no mathematical background. Through the discussion of historical, practical and conceptual questions, it will emphasise the beauty and the power of mathematics. The number of topics covered will be very broad. These will include, amongst many others:

  • Symmetry (regular solids, tilings, Escher, ruler-and-compass, origami)
  • Fibonacci numbers and Golden Ratio
  • Optimal design (soap bubble maths, minimal networks)
  • Mathematical soul capturing (the maths of juggling and lacing shoes)
  • Visualising the 4th dimension
  • The shape of space (Mobius bands, Klein bottles, "pacman" spaces)
  • Infinity.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an appreciation of the beauty and the power of mathematics; understand the fundamental concepts of number theory and geometry; appreciate the notion of proof in mathematics and be able to carry out basic proofs; appreciate the historical interplay between mathematics and attempts to understand the physical world; know of some of the great unsolved problems in modern mathematics.

Assessment

Weekly problem sheets: 30%
Essay: 30%
Final exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Burkard Polster

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

24 points of university studies


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Synopsis

Real numbers, countable and uncountable sets, paradoxes of the infinite, the Cantor set; compactness and convergence; sequences and series; continuous and differentiable functions; fixed points and contractions; applications to Markov chains, branching processes and integral equations.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate understanding of: the rich mathematical structure of the real numbers; a variety of paradoxes of the infinite; some basic concepts of analysis including limits, derivatives, integrals, sequences and series; the applicability of mathematical ideas to other areas of science; and will have developed skills in: identifying areas of mathematics where the intuition is unreliable; appreciating and developing some simple mathematical proofs; the use of rigorous mathematical arguments; applying the tools of real analysis to study discrete dynamical systems.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and participation in support classes: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035

Prohibitions

MTH2111, MTH3111, MTH3140


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kais Hamza

Synopsis

Probability models. Random variables and their distributions. Multivariate distributions. Conditional distributions and conditional expectations. Generating functions. The Law of Large Numbers and the Central Limit Theorem. Introduction to stochastic processes (random walk, finite state Markov chain, branching processes). Application to statistical models. Sampling distribution. Mathematical principles of inference.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand basic concepts in statistical modelling and applied probability; apply statistical techniques to practical problems in areas of science and industry; understand the mathematical principles underlying statistical inference using the normal, binomial, t, F and chi-square distributions.

Assessment

Examination(3 hours): 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kais Hamza

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035, or equivalent

Co-requisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015 or MTH2021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to work with a supervisor and complete a mathematical research project chosen from a range of areas of mathematics and statistics, including astrophysics, dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, number theory, logic and meteorology. Students will complete a written final report, two written progress reports, and will give an oral presentation on their work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have seen and developed applications of mathematics which go beyond what is possible in most mathematics units. Students will appreciate the power of mathematics; have learned research skills including accessing the existing literature, analysing data, developing and checking mathematical models; be able to use data collections both in the library and on the Internet; develop their communication skills by presenting an oral report on their work; gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Project report: 80%
Progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Prerequisites

Permission of head of School


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Michael Page

Synopsis

Introduction to PDEs; first-order PDEs and characteristics, the advection equation. Finite-difference methods for ODEs, truncation error. The wave equation: exact solution, reflection of waves. The heat equation: exact solution, fixed and insulating boundary conditions. Forward, backward and Crank-Nicholson numerical methods for the heat equation, truncation errors and stability analysis. Types of second-order PDEs; boundary and/or initial conditions for well-posed problems. Exact solutions of Laplace's equation. Iterative methods for Laplace's equation; convergence. Numerical methods for the advection equation; upwind differencing. Separation of variables for the wave and heat equations.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit students will:

  • understand the role of partial differential equations in the mathematical modelling of physical processes;
  • be able to solve a range of first-order partial differential equations, including using the 'method of characteristics';
  • be aware of the properties of the three basic types of linear second-order partial differential equations and recognise which types of initial and/or boundary conditions are appropriate;
  • be able to solve the diffusion equation, wave equation and Laplace's equation exactly for some simple types of initial and boundary conditions, and understand the mathematical properties of these equations;
  • analyse and interpret some simple applications that are modelled by the advection equation, diffusion equation and Laplace's equation;
  • understand the principles of finite-difference approximation of ordinary and partial differential equations;
  • appreciate the advantages and disadvantages of a range of useful numerical techniques for determining an approximate solution to each type of partial differential equation, including understanding how to identify when a technique is susceptible to numerical instability;
  • have practical experience in determining an approximate numerical solution of partial differential equations using computers, including the graphical display of the results.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and tests: 25%
Laboratory work: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michael Page

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015, and MTH2032, or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Paul Cally and Mr Mark Fisher

Synopsis

Complex numbers and functions; domains and curves in the complex plane; differentiation; integration; Cauchy's integral theorem and its consequences; Taylor and Laurent series; Laplace and Fourier transforms; complex inversion formula; branch points and branch cuts; applications to initial value problems.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: sketch the evolution of the solutions of the system on a phase-plane diagram; appreciate some applications of phase-plane analysis; be familiar with the basic properties of complex numbers and functions; have developed skills in the evaluation of line integrals; understand Cauchy's integral theorem and its consequences; be able to determine and work with Laurent and Taylor series; understand the method of Laplace transforms and be able to evaluate the inverse transform; appreciate the importance of complex analysis for other mathematical units, as well as for physics and engineering, through seeing applications of the theory; have developed skills in using a computer algebra package.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Assignments and tests: 40%
Laboratory work: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour computer laboratory and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010, MTH2015 or MTH2111, or equivalent

Prohibitions

ENG2092


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leo Brewin

Synopsis

As for MTH2051.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have the knowledge and confidence to use the computer as a tool to solve mathematical problems. Students will learn how to program using a simple but powerful package known as MATLAB (used extensively in commercial engineering and scientific organisations), and about algorithms and how they are translated from mathematics into MATLAB programs. Students will learn that there are many ways to solve a numerical problem; will be able to appreciate strengths and weaknesses of alternative algorithms; will develop skills to choose the appropriate algorithm for the problem at hand; and will develop a basic understanding of the approximations introduced in algorithms and the effects those approximations have on the quality of calculations.

Assessment

As for MTH2051. Third-year students will be expected to exhibit a higher level of understanding in this subject.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leo Brewin

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one hour of laboratory classes per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035

Prohibitions

MTH2051


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke and Professor Paul Cally

Synopsis

This unit examines two particular classes of ordinary differential equations: dynamical systems and boundary-value problems. The investigation of boundary-value problems considers Sturm-Liouville eigenvalues problems and orthogonal polynomials, shooting and direct matrix methods for the numerical investigation of boundary-value problems and iterative matrix methods. The second topic of dynamical systems considers analytical and numerical methods for planar autonomous systems, classification of critical points using eigenvalues and eigenvectors and perturbation methods for periodic and nearly periodic motion. Programming skills are developed in the context of the analytic and numerical investigation of advanced ordinary differential equations using MATLAB.

Objectives

On completion of MTH3060, students will have consolidated and extended their knowledge of the importance of differential equations in modelling, and the classification and analytic and numerical solution of ordinary differential equations.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour combined tutorial and computer laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2032 and MTH2051 or MTH3051


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Carr

Synopsis

The unit covers several exact and approximate methods for solving ordinary and partial differential equations, with a particular focus on types of equations having physical applications. Topics include: phase plane analysis for critical points, linearisation of a nonlinear system, Green's functions, the Frobenius method, Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials, Sturm-Liouville theory, standard linear numerical methods for boundary value problems in two variables.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: use separation of variables to obtain an analytic solution of a boundary value problem in two or more variables, involving a linear partial differential equation; apply transform methods to partial differential equations in two variables; solve simple Sturm-Liouville problems; give a qualitative description of the behaviour of a system in two variables, and deduce the behaviour of a nonlinear system from that of a related (linearised) system; apply simple numerical approximations to the solutions of boundary value problems in two variables; and select suitable solution methods and report on the conclusions drawn from an investigation of a differential equation(s) based model.

Assessment

Examination (open book, 3 hours): 70%
Assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alistair Carr

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and 1 hour tutorial, plus 8 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010 or MTH2015, plus MTH1085 and MTH2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Todd Oliynyk and Mr Mark Fisher

Synopsis

This unit will explore the metric structure of curves and surfaces, primarily in 3-dimensional Euclidean space. Concepts of curvature arise naturally, and the major focus will be on the inter-relationships of various definitions of curvature, such as the normal and binormal curvatures of a curve, and the extrinsic, principal and Gaussian curvatures of a surface. Links will be drawn with many other areas of mathematics, including complex analysis, linear algebra, differential equations, and general relativity.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate: an understanding of the significance of intrinsic measures of curvature, for curves and surfaces in R3; competence in computing curvature and related quantities, by hand and using computer software; an understanding of tensors and their use in geometry; and communication skills and team work as appropriate for the discipline of mathematics

Assessment

Two assignments: 10% each
One project: 20%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Todd Oliynyk

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and one hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015, and MTH2021

Prohibitions

MTH3132


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Delbourgo

Synopsis

As for MTH2121.

Assessment

As for MTH2121. Third-year students will be expected to exhibit a higher level of knowledge in this subject.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Daniel Delbourgo

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1020 or equivalent

Prohibitions

MTH2121, MTH2122, MTH3122


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Synopsis

As for MTH2140

Objectives

Refer to MTH2140

Assessment

As for MTH2140. Third-year students will be expected to exhibit a higher level of knowledge and skills in this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alan Pryde

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035

Prohibitions

MTH2111, MTH3111, MTH2140


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ian Wanless

Synopsis

Rings, fields, ideals, algebraic extension fields. Coding theory and cryptographic applications of finite fields. Gaussian integers, Hamilton's quaternions, Chinese Remainder Theorem. Euclidean Algorithm in further fields.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate understanding of advanced concepts, algorithms and results in number theory; the use of Gaussian integers to find the primes expressible as a sum of squares, Diophantine equations, primitive roots; the quaternions, the best known skew field; many of the links between algebra and number theory; the most commonly occurring rings and fields: integers, integers modulo n, rationals, reals and complex numbers, more general structures such as algebraic number fields, algebraic integers and finite fields; and will have developed skills in the use of the Chinese Remainder Theorem to represent integers by their remainders; performing calculations in the algebra of polynomials; the use of the Euclidean algorithm in structures other than integers; constructing larger fields from smaller fields (field extensions); applying field theory to coding and cryptography.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ian Wanless

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2122, MTH2121, MTH3121 or MTH3122

Co-requisites

MTH2122, MTH2121, MTH3121 or MTH3122


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Bartnik and Mr Gilbert Weinstein

Synopsis

This unit will explore the power of mathematical generalisation, by showing how rather elementary techniques from the theory of abstract metric spaces, lead directly to proofs of fundamental results on ordinary differential equations and in geometry. Extending linear algebra to infinite-dimensional topological vector spaces leads to the general theory of Hilbert spaces, which has important applications in all areas of mathematics and the physical sciences.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate: an understanding of the basic topological properties of metric spaces, and their applications to problems in other areas of mathematics; an understanding of Hilbert spaces and some of their applications; and communication skills and team work as appropriate for the discipline of mathematics.

Assessment

Three assignments: 10% each
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Robert Bartnik

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and one hour support class per week.

Prerequisites

MTH2021

Co-requisites

MTH2140 or MTH3140


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Boris Miller

Synopsis

Multivariate distributions. Estimation: maximum of likelihood and method of moments. Confidence intervals. Analysis in the time domain: stationary models, autocorrelation, partial autocorrelation. ARMA and ARIMA models. Analysis in the frequency domain (Spectral analysis): spectrum, periodigram, linear and digital filters, cross-correlations and cross-spectrum, spectral estimators, confidence interval for the spectral density. State-space models. Kalman filter. Empirical Orthogonal Functions and other Eigen Methods. Use of ITSM.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments, tests and participation in tutorials: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Boris Miller

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032 or MTH2222. MTH2222 is highly recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kais Hamza

Synopsis

This unit introduces the methods of stochastic processes and statistics used in the analysis of biological data, physics, economics and engineering. At the completion of the unit students will understand the application of classical techniques, such as Poisson processes, Markov chains, hidden Markov chains, random walks, martingale theory, birth and death processes, and branching processes in the analysis of DNA sequences, population genetics, dynamics of populations, telecommunications and economic analysis.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to understand the idea of random variables varying with time; analyse Markov chains at the elementary level, in discrete and continuous time; study various processes such as Poisson process, birth process, birth and death process, branching processes, random walks, martingales; apply the above probability processes to such practical situations as queues, epidemics, servicing machines, networks, financial markets, insurance risk, etc.

Assessment

Final exam: 70%
Assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kais Hamza

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032, MTH2222, or ETC2520. One of MTH2222 or ETC2520 is highly recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Fima Klebaner

Synopsis

Random variables, application to models of random payoffs. Conditional expectation. Normal distribution and multivariate normal distribution. Best predictors. Stochastic (random) processes. Random walk. Limit theorems. Brownian motion. Ito integral and Ito's formula. Black-Scholes, Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process and Vasicek's stochastic differential equations. Martingales. Gambler's ruin. Fundamental theorems of Mathematical Finance. Binomial and Black-Scholes models. Models for Interest Rates. Risk models in insurance. Ruin probability bound. Principles of simulation. Use of Excel package.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit students will gain an understanding of the methods of modern probability and random processes, and develop skills for modelling of random systems. Students will be able to apply this knowledge and skills in the context of financial and insurance modelling. Specifically, on the completion of this unit, students will:

  • understand the modern approach to evaluation of uncertain future payoffs;
  • understand the concepts of arbitrage and fair games and their relevance to finance and insurance;
  • understand the concept of conditional expectation, martingales, and stopping times, as well as the Optional Stopping Theorem;
  • understand models of random processes such as Random Walk, Brownian Motion and Diffusions, and Stochastic Differential equations;
  • be able to use Ito's formula, and basic stochastic calculus, and be able to solve some stochastic differential equations by using rules of stochastic calculus;
  • know Fundamental theorems of asset pricing, being able to apply them to the Binomial and Black-Scholes models, as well as models for bonds and options on bonds;
  • be able to formulate discrete time Risk Model in Insurance and use the Optional Stopping Theorem to control probabilities of ruin;
  • be able to simulate stochastic processes and solutions of stochastic differential equations, and obtain prices by simulations.

Assessment

Assignments: 20%
Weekly exercises: 10%
Final examination (three hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Fima Klebaner

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2032, or MTH2222. MTH2222 is highly recommended.

Prohibitions

ETC3510, ETC5351


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

The basic equations of fluid dynamics; Cartesian tensors, the viscous stress tensor; equations of state; linearisation, sound and internal gravity waves; phase and group velocity; non-linear evolution; shocks; computational methods; Bernoulli's equation; vorticity and circulation; Kelvin's circulation theorem; rotational and irrotational flow; two dimensional homogenous incompressible flow; viscous effects and boundary layers; separation from a ball, with applications to cricket, golf and baseball; flow in a rotating reference frame, geostrophic flow.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will: understand the scope of fluid dynamics in the physical sciences; understand the method of linearisation, and its application to waves in fluids; understand the physical reasons why waves may shock, and the nature of the developed shocks after they do; be familiar with the blast wave solutions, and the method of similarity; be aware of several basic numerical methods for one dimensional gas dynamics, as well as their strengths and limitations; understand how the fluid equations can be simplified for the case of an inviscid incompressible flow and be able to determine some simple irrotational flows; understand the effects of viscosity on high-speed flow, including the formation and behaviour of boundary layers; be familiar with the properties of rotating flows and the importance of the geostrophic approximation to flows on the surface of the Earth.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 20%
Tests: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Louis Moresi

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of two 1-hour support classes per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015, and MTH2032, or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

Advanced studies by lectures or reading project in an area of mathematics, statistics or related discipline, or a comparable project under the supervision of a member of academic staff in the School of Mathematical Sciences.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an appreciation and understanding of a relevant area of study outside of those areas normally presented as part of the third-level undergraduate program in mathematics and statistics; demonstrated skills in student-centred learning beyond that normally expected for a third-level unit in those disciplines; and demonstrated oral presentation skills on their independent work.

Assessment

As determined by the Subject Assessment Panel in each case.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Permission from Head of School


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

Advanced studies by lectures or reading project in an area of mathematics, statistics or related discipline, or a comparable project under the supervision of a member of academic staff in the School of Mathematical Sciences.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have an appreciation and understanding of a relevant area of study outside of those areas normally presented as part of the third-level undergraduate program in mathematics and statistics; demonstrated skills in student-centred learning beyond that normally expected for a third-level unit in those disciplines; and demonstrated oral presentation skills on their independent work.

Assessment

As determined by the Subject Assessment Panel in each case.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

permission from Head of School


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

A major project, a literature review and one lecture unit chosen from the fourth-year offerings of the department as approved by the coordinator. A list of the fourth-year units is available at enrolment.

Assessment

One lecture topic: 16.7%
Literature review: 16.7%
Major project: 66.6%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

MTH4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in mathematical and statistical techniques, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will:

  1. have gained an advanced understanding of the mathematical and numerical techniques and results in the fields of Pure Mathematics, Applied Mathematics and Statistics;
  2. be able to apply the discipline knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of problems in these fields;
  3. be able to present mathematical results professionally;
  4. be able make effective use of information and communication technology for the solution of mathematical problems and the presentation of their work;
  5. be able to plan and efficiently carry out work requirements.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations): 16.7% each

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Contact hours

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites

MTH4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Davis

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the pharmacological principles underlying drug action, as well as drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion. Specific examples of drugs used for therapeutic and social reasons are discussed with an emphasis on the social issues associated with drug availability and use. How new drugs are discovered and the processes by which they are taken from the bench to the marketplace are discussed.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have: gained knowledge of the history of drug use and abuse; developed a broad understanding of how drugs affect the body and how the body affects drugs; developed an understanding of how drugs affect neurotransmission processes; developed a conceptual framework in which to consider the various ways drugs are used in society; developed a basic understanding of drugs of abuse and how tolerance and dependence to drugs develops; developed some knowledge of where drugs come from; their development; how drugs are regulated and how new drugs are brought onto the market; gained some understanding of how drugs produce toxic effects; toxins present in venomous creatures and plants; drug toxicity in the environment; principles of selective toxicity; developed skills to critically evaluate the scientific literature in the area of pharmacology; gained some understanding in designing, performing and evaluating experiments to determine the mode of action of drugs; developed skills in obtaining and using scientific information to write and present reports and essays.

Assessment

Written examination: 40%
Test: 15%
Written assignment (2000 words): 15%
Laboratory work: 15%
Student debate: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and BIO1022, or BMS1021 + Recommended: PHY2011 and/or BCH2011 or BMS2031


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Wayne Hodgson

Synopsis

This unit provides a basic understanding of the principles of drug action - including the targets of drug action (receptors, enzymes, ion channels), drug receptor interactions, receptor families and signalling pathways - as well as the principles of pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion). Particular examples of neurotransmitter systems and mediator systems (including histamine, 5HT, eicosanoids and the renin angiotensin system) as targets for drug action are studied in detail.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • discuss the mechanisms by which drugs act to produce changes in living systems
  • utilise the basic principles of pharmacokinetics to explain individual differences in responses to drugs
  • apply knowledge of endogenous mediator systems to predict the therapeutic and adverse effects of drugs
  • demonstrate the ability to present, analyse and interpret data from pharmacological experiments clearly and concisely in written form
  • demonstrate the ability to source, critically evaluate and use scientific literature to address a defined pharmacological problem
  • demonstrate the ability to work in a team
  • apply knowledge of a computer-based data acquisition system to obtain data from pharmacological experiments.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 55%
Test (1 hour): 15%
Group written assignment (1000 words): 15%
Laboratory work: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BMS2031, or two of PHA2022, PHY2011, PHY2021 or PHY2032

Co-requisites

PHA3021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical overview of the use of drugs, with an emphasis on the principles underlying the safe and effective use of drugs for the maintenance of health and the treatment of disease. The importance of evidence-based drug therapy is highlighted with an introduction to statistical and epidemiological concepts. The pharmacological properties of drug classes used to treat specific respiratory, cardiovascular and gastrointestinal disorders are studied, concentrating on the rationale for their use. Pharmacological approaches to the study of existing and novel compounds will be reinforced in laboratory sessions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • explain the major principles underlying the therapeutic use of drugs, including the relevance and assessment of evidence-based medicine
  • apply knowledge of the actions of major drug classes to explain their therapeutic applications and potential adverse affects
  • demonstrate the ability to work effectively in a team
  • demonstrate the ability to source, critically evaluate and use literature to construct a scientific argument
  • demonstrate the ability to present, analyse and interpret data from pharmacological experiments clearly and concisely in written form.

Assessment

Examination (2-hours): 55%
Essay (2000 words): 15%
Laboratory work and written reports: 15%
Test (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Two of PHA2022, PHY2011, PHY2021, PHY2032 or BMS2031

Co-requisites

PHA3011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Loiacono

Synopsis

This unit provides an integrated understanding of how drugs affect neuronal and endocrine function. Four major areas are covered: major neurotransmitters within the brain, reproductive endocrinology, metabolism and disorders of pancreatic and thyroid function, mood and pain, and, neurodegenerative disorders. The focus is on mechanisms of action, use and side effects of drugs affecting a range of neuronal and endocrine functions and includes topics such as drugs used in anaesthesia and sedation, anxiety, depression, epilepsy, schizophrenia and psychoses, Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease, reproduction and contraception, diabetes, thyroid function and metabolism and calcium homeostasis.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will: have a broad understanding of how drugs can affect the nervous and endocrine systems; have an understanding of the mechanisms of action, uses, adverse effects and interactions of drugs acting on the nervous and endocrine systems; have an understanding of the molecular biological and genetic techniques being applied to neuropharmacology and endocrine pharmacology at the cellular level; have developed skills to critically evaluate the scientific literature in neuropharmacology and endocrine pharmacology; have an understanding of the design, performance, evaluation and reporting of experiments in neuropharmacology and endocrine pharmacology; have skills in obtaining and using scientific information to write and present reports and essays.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Written assignment: 20%
Laboratory work and written practical reports : 20%
Test (1 hour): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

PHA3011, PHA3021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)To be advised

Synopsis

Modern drug development will provide the student with an appreciation of the process of discovery, testing, approval and marketing of new drugs. This will include the diseases most likely to be targeted by pharmaceutical companies for drug development; the technical issues underlying drug discovery; the role of genomics in identifying novel targets; rational drug design; the importance of screens including molecular models and high throughput screening; disease models; case studies illustrating the successful development of drugs. Career opportunities in all aspects of drug development will be highlighted.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will: have gained a broad understanding of how new drugs are developed, understand the major mechanisms whereby targets for drug action are identified, have developed an understanding of the various classes of drugs and how these can modify disease processes, be knowledgeable regarding the important screening systems used in screening of potentially useful compounds, have developed skills to critically evaluate the scientific literature in the area of drug development, understand the design, performance and evaluation of experiments to develop new drugs, have developed skills in obtaining and using scientific information to write and present reports and essays.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Written assignment: 16%
Practical exercises and written reports: 24%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week.

Prerequisites

PHA3011, PHA3021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Wayne Hodgson and Dr Elizabeth Davis

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the discipline of toxicology. Three major topics are covered- selective toxicity; clinical toxicology and occupational and environmental toxicology. Selective toxicity covers the basis for selectivity and problems associated with resistance development as an introduction to the therapeutic use of toxins. In clinical toxicology, topics in the treatment of overdoses are discussed, as are forensic toxicology, animal venoms and plant toxins. Occupational and environmental toxicology covers the health implications related to exposure to chemical agents. Specific examples are given along with a discussion of how 'risk' maybe assessed and minimised.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will: demonstrate an understanding of the terminology used in the fields of toxicology and toxinology; be able to explain the basis of selective toxicity and the toxic effects of drugs and chemicals; be able to explain the mechanism of action of toxins present in plants and venomous animals, have developed the skills required to critically evaluate toxicological data, have enhanced the skills required to obtain and evaluate scientific data and literature, have enhanced the skills required to work effectively in a team environment, have gained some understanding of the design, performance and evaluation of experiments to determine the mode of action of animal venoms.

Assessment

Written tests: 65%
Presentation and written assignment: 20%
Practical exercises: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

Two1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

PHA3011 and PHA3021


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olivia Tee Hui Yew

Synopsis

The main theme is an introduction to drug use in our society. The following topics will be covered:

  1. how drugs act at a cellular level, how they target specific body systems and how the body handles drugs (pharmacokinetics).
  2. Sources of drugs - prescription vs over the counter vs herbal remedies and information available to the public about drugs. Rationale for choice of drugs for common diseases.
  3. Drug development from the laboratory to the consumer. Factors influencing the development of new drugs (e.g. economics and logistics).

Assessment

Practical work: 20%
Semester test: 10%
Presentation and essay: 20%
Exam (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Amudha Kadirvelu

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures, one hour of tutorials and three hours of practicals per week (includes wet practicals, dry practicals and CAL-Computer Aided Learning).

Prerequisites

PHY2021 and PHY2032

Prohibitions

PHA2022


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Davis

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Pharmacology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Pharmacology. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills and attributes: review scientific literature in pharmacology, including the ability to identify key information in this area; access databases for provision of information; presentation of oral reports; construction of written reports; manage workloads to meet deadlines; work with a significant degree of independence; plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results; perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations; maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor and gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of Pharmacology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of pharmacology and a distinction over 24 points at second year level.


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Students undertake a laboratory-based research project under the guidance of a supervisor. Further information is available from course convenor.

Assessment

Research project thesis, oral defence of thesis, and three research seminars: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Co-requisites

PHA4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4100

Assessment

Refer to PHA4100

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4100

Assessment

Refer to PHA4100

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Students undertake two exams which take the form of a critical evaluation of a scientific paper in a pharmacologically-related field.

Assessment

Examinations: 40% and 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis

Co-requisites

PHA4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4200

Assessment

Refer to PHA4200

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4200

Assessment

Refer to PHA4200

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elizabeth Davis


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Mills and Dr Kevin Pimbblet

Synopsis

Measurement in contemporary applications and laboratory experiments; problem solving as a scientist. Mechanics: including inertial frames, Newton's laws, energy, momentum, simple harmonic motion and applications. Introduction to Special Relativity. Waves: behaviour mathematical description including reflection, polarisation, interference and diffraction with applications to mechanical waves, optics, sound, light and X-rays.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, a student should be able to explain and apply the concepts of force, momentum and energy to simple mechanical situations; explain and apply the basic concepts of special relativity in space-time; explain and apply the principles of waves, their propagation and behaviour in simple cases of interference and diffraction; carry out experiments, take reliable measurements, analyse and interpret data, and communicate results in scientific form.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 58%
Laboratory work: 25%
Tests/Assignments: 17%
(Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Mills

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

Year 12 Physics

Co-requisites

recommended MTH1020 or MTH1030

Prohibitions

ENG1081


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kevin Pimbblet

Synopsis

This unit forms part of main-stream physics and provides foundations in rotational dynamics, the gravitational field, electrostatics, magnetism and quantum physics. Together these topics underpin interactions in our universe at sub-atomic to cosmic scales. Electrostatics explores the electric field, potential and energy for various situations, and the behaviour of capacitors and dielectrics. Magnetism covers the relation between currents, magnetic fields and induced emfs, inductance, LCR resonance, and introduces Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic waves. Quantum physics includes wave particle duality for matter and light, quantisation, wave-functions and probabilities, the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, hydrogen atom, and the particle-in-a-box model.

Objectives

On completion of this unit a student should be able to explain, and apply in simple situations, the principles of physics related to rotational dynamics and mechanical resonance, gravitational and electrostatic fields and potentials, magnetic fields and induction; use and describe basic quantum and atomic physics concepts; carry out experiments and analyse data and write scientific reports.

Assessment

Examinations (One x 3 hours): 58%
Laboratory work: 25%
Tests/Assignments: 17%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kevin Pimbblet

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

PHS1011 or Year 12 Physics or PHS1080, and VCE Specialist Mathematics or MTH1020

Co-requisites

recommended MTH1020 or MTH1030


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Mills

Synopsis

Principles of force and movement applied to skeletal structures, human movement and sport, centrifugation, oscillations, effects on living systems. Bio-electricity including nerve conduction, membrane potential, defibrillation, ECG , electrical measurements in bio-systems. Energy production and transport, pressure, diffusion and osmosis. Fluid flow and the cardiovascular system and heat flow in the body. Optical properties of biological and useful materials, refraction, reflection, polarisation, with particular reference to human vision and the microscope. X-rays and nuclear radiations: effects on living matter, diagnostic and therapeutic uses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to explain and apply relevant physics principles to human, biomedical and biosphere contexts; and describe and model situations involving body systems, forces and materials for support and movement, heat and energy transport, electrical behaviour, basic electrical measurements, optical systems and instruments; develop simple physical models and apply these to problem solving; carry out reliable measurements, analyse data, estimate uncertainties, interpret physical phenomena and present scientific information in written reports.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work: 28%
Tests/assignments 22%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Mills

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prohibitions

PHS1011, PHS1080, PHS1617, BMS1031, ENG1080


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susan Feteris

Synopsis

Physics principles which underlie our understanding of the environment and processes in nature are studied, with particular focus on energy, its forms, sources, and usage. Topics and applications include: Solar and infra-red radiation, satellite thermal imaging techniques, spectroscopy; energy conversion including solar cells, renewable energy sources, fuel cells; nuclear radiation, applications in pollution monitoring; nuclear energy, reactor applications, and nuclear waste; nuclear fusion; environmental impact of energy technologies; monitoring and detection of physical quantities.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to: understand the basic physics principles underlying applications in the contexts of environmental, biological, and planetary sciences; apply and interpret the relevant principles in these contexts in relation to energy, its forms, use, conversion and efficiencies; the use of thermal (IR) imaging systems, and the methods and devices used in basic systems for measuring quantities of environmental and general scientific importance (such as light, temperature, humidity, windspeed); demonstrate numeracy skills in describing, modelling and analysing such applications as described above, and performing appropriate calculations; reliably carry out basic experimental measurements, analyse and interpret data and experimental uncertainties; demonstrate communications skills in presenting and discussing scientific information in written report and poster forms.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work: 28%
Tests/assignments: 22%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Susan Feteris

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susan Feteris

Synopsis

The unit introduces fundamental principles of physics of importance to engineering, and their applications. Topics include: Newtonian mechanics - forces, momentum, work and energy; torque and equilibrium; electricity - emf, Ohms Law, series and parallel resistors, power, capacitor and time constant; magnetism - force on currents and moving charges in magnetic fields, flux induced emf, DC motor and ideal transformer; basic wave properties, light and sound, superposition, standing waves; modern physics - photon model of light, wave model of particles, model of electrons in atom, emission and absorption of light; measurement, analysis, and written communication.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the basic principles of physics in simple situations relevant to engineering, and correctly apply them
  2. apply Newton's Laws, the work-energy theorem and conservation of energy and momentum to analyse cases of one-dimensional and uniform circular motion
  3. describe the propagation of transverse and longitudinal waves in terms of amplitude, frequency, wavelength, speed; describe and analyse the behaviour of reflected and refracted waves and standing waves in one dimension, for light and sound; explain the effects of diffraction and interference
  4. analyse simple DC circuits involving series and parallel resistors; properties of capacitor, and the RC series circuit; determine the force and the potential energy for charges; determine the force on currents in magnetic fields and induced emf as a result of changing magnetic flux.
  5. relate the photon properties of light to the photoelectric effect, use the wave properties of matter and de Broglie wavelength to explain behaviour of particles at the atomic scale
  6. make reliable measurements, estimate uncertainties, analyse, evaluate and interpret data in cases appropriate to engineering and related to the theory studied
  7. show an improved ability to work in teams, to discuss physics concepts and communicate measurements and applications related to engineering and developments in technologies
  8. approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

Test: 8%
Quizzes/Assignments: 7%
Practical work: 25%
Exam (3 hours): 60%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Susan Feteris

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures, three hours of practical (compulsory) and six hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

Year 12 Physics, ENG1080, PHS1031, BMS1031, PHS1617


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lincoln Turner

Synopsis

Quantum physics is at the core of physics and this unit provides a basis for understanding key quantum concepts, applications and associated phenomena in the realm of atomic, nuclear, condensed matter physics and related technologies.
(1) Quantum Physics: the domain of quantum mechanics; particle and wave description; Schrodinger's equation, energy and momentum as operators, expectation values and stationary states; tunnelling; Heisenberg's uncertainty principle. (2) Atomic and nuclear physics: hydrogenic atoms; multi-electron atoms, binding energy and ionisation; atomic spectroscopy; vector model of the atom; x-rays; nuclear structure, radioactive decay; fission and fusion. (3) Condensed matter physics: structure of solids, x-ray diffraction, the free electron theory; energy bands, conductors, insulators and semiconductors, Fermi level, Fermi-Dirac distribution; the solar cell, light emitting diodes; photodetectors.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to explain and apply the key concepts of quantum physics to a variety of quantum systems including particle in a box and hydrogenic systems; explain nuclear binding energy and stability; predict the most likely decay mode of a nuclide based upon its relative position to the ridge of stability; describe the transition from atomic orbitals to energy bands; explain the principle of operation and perform simple calculations for a range of contemporary quantum devices; acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data; write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

Examinations (One x 3 hours and One x 2 hours): 50%
Assignments: 16%
Practical work: 34%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lincoln Turner

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/problem classes and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

PHS1011 or PHS1080, plus PHS1022 and MTH1030


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lincoln Turner

Synopsis

  1. Electrodynamics: electro- and magnetostatics; electric and magnetic fields in matter; Maxwell's equations.
  2. Optics: geometric optics; polarization; birefringence; optical fibres; interferometry; diffraction.
  3. Statistical Physics: introduction to statistical physics concepts; temperature; Helmholtz free energy and the partition function; application of concepts to the ideal gas.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: explain and apply the key concepts of electromagnetism and statistical physics to a variety of phenomena; describe a range of optical instruments and their uses; use modern instruments and methods to acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data; write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

Examinations (One x 3 hours and One x 2 hours): 50%
Assignments: 16%
Practical work (compulsory): 34%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lincoln Turner

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/problem classes and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

PHS1011 or PHS1080, PHS1022, MTH1030 and MTH2010


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Andrei Nikulin

Synopsis

This unit provides the foundation for a theoretical and/or experimental major in physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units, Quantum Mechanics, Statistical Physics and laboratory work. The key areas for each sub-unit are:

  1. Quantum Mechanics: QM states and the Dirac notation. Operators, measurement and observables. Schrodinger and Heisenberg representations, matrix mechanics. The Hydrogen atom and the quantum harmonic oscillator. Raising and lowering operators. Angular momentum and intrinsic spin. Bosons, fermions and exchange;
  2. Statistical Physics: Heat, temperature and entropy. Classical and quantum statistics. Counting states and probability. The Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein probability distributions. Applications to real systems.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: understand a range of fundamental concepts from the core sub-units of foundation Quantum Mechanics (including spin and matrix formalism) and Statistical Physics (including entropy and partition functions), apply a series of theoretical techniques within this subject core, extend mastery of this core to related subject areas of knowledge of particular interest to the student. They will also be able to perform a series of measurements on experiments related to the above topics, write up experimental reports that present results, analyse and discuss the implications and outcomes of experimental work.

Assessment

Examinations (2 x 1.5 hours): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Andrei Nikulin

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, 1.5 hours tutorial/ workshop and 2.5 hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

PHS2011, PHS2022, MTH2010, MTH2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in experimental physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units and laboratory work. Key areas are:

  1. Condensed Matter Physics: the concept of reciprocal space, the basic theory for the behaviour of electrons and phonons in solid crystalline materials, band theory and the Schrodinger equation, phonons, the Einstein model, electronic properties of semiconductors, carrier densities and Fermi levels, superconductivity;
  2. Scattering and Spectroscopy: fundamentals of diffraction theory, diffraction from crystals and amorphous materials, scattering of neutrons, x-rays and synchrotron radiation, principles of magnetic resonance Mossbauer, IR and Raman, XPS and X-ray absorption spectroscopies and laboratory work: experimental and/or computational laboratory work on relevant topics.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to understand the fundamental concepts used to describe crystal structure, the properties of condensed matter and the characterisation of crystals and amorphous materials through diffraction and other spectroscopic techniques, as well as having an understanding of the properties of electron in low dimensional materials. They will be able to identify and apply theoretical relationships that quantify condensed matter properties, and perform a series of measurements in experiments related to the above topics. They will be able to write up experimental reports, including presentation of results, analysis and discussion of outcomes.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, 1.5 hours tutorial/workshop and 2.5 hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

PHS2011, PHS2022, MTH2010, MTH2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Andrei Nikulin

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in experimental physics. It consists of laboratory work and three 8-lecture sub-units:

  1. Photonics: lasers and coherent light, modulation devices, optical waveguides, interference and holography, fibre optic communications, transmission and coupling to hardware and software devices, applications;
  2. Synchrotron physics: radiation from moving charges and charge distributions, generating a synchrotron beam and enhancing its emission characteristics, experimental areas and beams, detectors and analyser, image formation, and
  3. Optics: wave propagation and image formation, plane waves, diffraction, angular spectrum, phase contrast, interferometry, holography, focussed fields and the singularity hierarchy.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: understand fundamental concepts in photonics (including photon propagation and information transfer), synchrotron physics (including synchrotron beam characteristics and applications of synchrotron radiation) and optics (light propagation and image formation) and apply a series of theoretical techniques related to these topics; extend mastery of this core to related subject areas of knowledge of particular interest to the student; perform a series of measurements on experiments related to the above topics; write up experimental reports, present, analyse and discuss results.

Assessment

Examinations (3 x 1 hour): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Andrei Nikulin

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, one x 1.5 hour tutorial/workshop and 2.5 hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

PHS2011, PHS2022, MTH2010, MTH2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in experimental physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units and laboratory work. Key areas are:

  1. Nuclear Physics: nuclear systematics, nuclear forces, potentials and energy spectra, shell model concepts, with the aim of understanding the formation of low-lying excited states, nuclear decay modes, nucleon emission, beta decay and EM transitions;
  2. Elementary Particles: experimental methods used in contemporary particle physics and the fundamental properties that classify leptons, hadrons and quarks, the role of conservation laws and symmetry in the production of and interactions between elementary particles, quantum chromo-dynamics, strong and weak interactions, the cosmological implications.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: understand fundamental concepts used to describe nuclear systematics, nuclear models and nuclear structure, the properties of elementary particles, their interactions and role in cosmological evolution, be able to identify and apply theoretical relationships that quantify nuclear and particle properties, perform a series of measurements on experiments related to the above topics and write up professional reports that present results obtained from experiments, analysis and critical discussion.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, 1.5 hours tutorial and 2.5 hours laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

PHS2011, PHS2022, MTH2010, MTH2032

Prohibitions

ASP3222


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Andrei Nikulin

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units in theoretical physics and contributes to a physics major. Mastery of these topics underpins much of theoretical physics; this unit will provide students with a better basis for carrying out study and research in theoretical physics. It consists of three 12-lecture sub-units. The three sub-units cover the following areas:

  1. Relativistic Dynamics: tensors in pseudo-Euclidean spaces, Lorentz transforms, world lines, energy-momentum 4-vectors, action and variational methods, Lagrangians and Hamiltonians, metrics and Riemann spaces, consequences of Einstein's assumptions;
  2. Electrodynamics: electromagnetic waves in a vacuum and in media, energy and momentum conservation, transmission lines and waveguides, radiation from accelerating charges, antennae, synchrotron radiation, and
  3. Classical Dynamics and Lagrangian Interaction: Hamilton's principle, dynamics of classical point particles and fields, Noether's theorem and symmetries, field theory, internal symmetry and the guage principle, Lagrangian interactions and quantised fields, Feynman diagrams, the quantum vacuum and the holographic principle.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to: explain and apply the key concepts in relativistic dynamics, electrodynamics and classical dynamics, apply appropriate methods in analysing/solving problems relevant to these areas, and communicate their understanding of these areas in appropriate scientific form.

Assessment

Examinations (3 x 1.5 hours): 70%
Assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Andrei Nikulin

Contact hours

An average of 3 hours lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

PHS2011, PHS2022, MTH2010, MTH2032

Co-requisites

PHS3031


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in theoretical physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units, Advanced Quantum Mechanics and Computational Physics and a 12-hour seminar sub-unit. The key areas of study are:

  1. Advanced Quantum Mechanics: spin angular momentum, perturbation theory, scattering theory and the quantum theory of radiation;
  2. Computational Physics: discrete arrays to model the space and time evolution of functions or physical systems; a hands-on approach is used throughout to develop confidence and competency in using a computer to solve physical problems; includes a computer based assignment and short computational physics project; and
  3. Theoretical Seminar: seminar participation in theoretical problems, projects and presentations.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to understand fundamental Quantum Mechanics concepts and their application, including the Dirac notation, angular momentum and spin, perturbation theory and scattering theory; apply appropriate theoretical relationships relevant to the above areas; compare approaches to a variety of physics problems by computer simulation, numerical or analytic solution of the defining equations; write short reports on selected theoretical physics topics of current interest; present a seminar and a poster on a topic in theoretical physics.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 25%
Assignments & project: 41%
Seminar contributions: 34%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 1-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

PHS3131, PHS3031


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kristian Helmerson

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to undertake a small research project in physics. Students will develop the skills of planning, record-keeping, literature search, analysis and communication necessary for a successful project. Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project, including astrophysics and astronomy, medical imaging, x-ray physics, synchrotron-based studies, quantum mechanics, resonance spectroscopies, magnetism, physics education and polymers.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have acquired the following skills and attributes:

  • planning aspects of a project and managing related timelines
  • communicating effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff
  • accessing and reviewing scientific literature
  • maintaining a clear record of work done
  • analysing and interpreting results in terms of related physics theory
  • writing appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final
  • communicating by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%
Written progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%
Final report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Contact hours

72 hours laboratory work per semester, or equivalent

Prerequisites

12 points of level two physics at a distinction average. Students must have reached level three of their degree. Enrolment requires the School's approval.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kristian Helmerson

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to undertake a small research project in physics. Students will develop the skills of planning, record-keeping, literature search, analysis and communication necessary for a successful project. Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project, including astrophysics and astronomy, medical imaging, x-ray physics, synchrotron-based studies, quantum mechanics, resonance spectroscopies, magnetism, physics education and polymers.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have acquired the following skills and attributes:

  • planning aspects of a project and managing related timelines
  • communicating effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff
  • accessing and reviewing scientific literature
  • maintaining a clear record of work done
  • analysing and interpreting results in terms of related physics theory
  • writing appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final
  • communicating by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%
Written progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%
Final report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Contact hours

72 hours laboratory work per semester, or equivalent

Prerequisites

12 points of level two physics at a distinction average. Students must have reached level three of their degree. Enrolment requires School's approval.


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Csaba Balazs

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a project literature survey and a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Assessment

Project literature survey: 10%
Project/thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Csaba Balazs

Co-requisites

PHS4200


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Csaba Balazs

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a project literature survey and a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Assessment

Project literature survey: 20%
Project/thesis/seminar: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Csaba Balazs


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Csaba Balazs

Synopsis

Students are required to finalise their research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Assessment

Project thesis: 90%
seminar: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Csaba Balazs


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Csaba Balazs

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the student's academic supervisor from offerings within the School of Physics. 'Quantum Mechanics' is compulsory; other topics may be chosen from outside the School.

Assessment

Examinations, oral presentations and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Csaba Balazs

Co-requisites

PHS4100


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Csaba Balazs

Synopsis

A choice of three lecture topics in advanced physics, chosen in consultation with the year level co-ordinator.

Assessment

Examinations, oral presentations and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Csaba Balazs


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Csaba Balazs

Synopsis

A choice of three lecture topics in advanced physics, chosen in consultation with the year level co-ordinator.

Assessment

Examinations, oral presentations and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Csaba Balazs


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan

Synopsis

This unit examines, in four themes, the nervous, sensory, brain and muscle systems, which act as the body's detection, communication, analysis, and action systems. Theme 1 (The world within) explains nerves and intercell communication. Theme 2 (Registering the world) shows how the systems of touch, pain, hearing, vision, taste and smell detect stimuli. Theme 3 (Analysing the world) shows how the brain analyses information. Theme 4 (Action responses) details how the body responds through movement via muscles and limbs. Normal physiology and common dysfunctions of the systems are studied, to allow for a greater understanding of the normal physiology, and an appreciation of dysfunctions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have achieved a basic knowledge and understanding of the structure and function of nerves, of cellular signalling systems, sensory systems, the central nervous system, and skeletal muscles; understood how cells in the body, and nerve cells in particular, signal information to other cells and organs in the communication systems of the body; understood how specialized sensory systems act as the detection systems of the body to provide information about the world and how this information is carried to the brain for interpretation in the analysis system of the body; understood how the skeletal muscles function to allow the body to respond overtly to the world as the action systems of the body; integrated the specific knowledge and insights gained in the study directed to the previous four objectives into a logical appreciation of the role in whole body physiology of the detection, communication, analysis and action systems of the body; developed an appreciation of the basis and manifestations of adaptations or dysfunction of these systems; developed an appreciation of the variability inherent in biological systems through laboratory exercises; promoted their abilities to organize and work in groups towards a common goal, through appropriate laboratory tasks and structured self-learning exercises; developed skills in laboratory techniques that are integral to the study of physiology; and developed skills in written communication through written reports on practicals and examination essays.

Assessment

In semester multiple-choice tests: 30%
In semester problem quizzes: 5%
Practical class workbook assessment: 20%
End of semester practical written examination (2 hours): 15%%
End of semester theory written examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour hour practical class or progress review period per week

Prohibitions

PHY2051 and BMS1052


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans(Clayton); Dr Olivia Tee Hui Yew (Sunway)

Synopsis

The overall theme of this unit is how the body maintains a normal internal environment ('homeostasis') for optimal body function. It examines the roles of three major body systems that are vital for homeostasis: the respiratory system and gas exchange, the cardiovascular system and delivery of blood and nutrients, the kidneys and maintaining body fluid composition. Attention is focused on each system at rest and in a variety of active states, and on control mechanisms in each system. In addition to the core physiology, common dysfunctions of these systems are also studied, to allow for a greater understanding and appreciation of both the normal physiology and dysfunction of these systems.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have achieved a basic knowledge and understanding, appropriate to a Level 2, 1st semester unit, of the structure and function of the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system and the autonomic nervous system, and the renal system; understood how the respiratory system functions physiologically, physically and chemically in gas exchange to maintain an optimal internal environment for cellular function; understood how the cardiovascular system functions to deliver appropriate blood flows, pressures and nutrients to organs and tissues for optimal cellular function, and the role of the autonomic nervous system in co-ordinating and integrating cardiovascular function for homeostasis in the body; understood how the renal system functions to maintain the composition and amount of body fluids at optimal levels for cellular function; integrated the specific knowledge and insights gained in the study directed to the previous four objectives into a logical appreciation of the role in whole body physiology of the homeostatic systems of the body; developed an appreciation of the basis and manifestations of adaptations or dysfunction of these systems; developed an appreciation of the variability inherent in biological systems through laboratory exercises; promoted their abilities to organize and work in groups towards a common goal, through appropriate laboratory tasks and structured self-learning exercises; developed skills in laboratory techniques that are integral to the study of physiology; and developed skills in written communication through written reports on practicals and examination essays.

Assessment

In semester multiple-choice tests: 25%
On line learning tasks: 5%
Fortnightly practical worksheet assessment: 20%
Practical written examination (2 hours): 20%
Theory written examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour hour practical class or progress review period per week

Prohibitions

PHY2062, PHY2022, BMS2031, BND2011, BIO2717


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alan Tilbrook (Clayton); Dr Olivia Tee Hui Yew (Sunway)

Synopsis

The overall theme is how human body systems act together (integratively) in complex body functions. Study is of four major functions: Endocrine control, Reproduction, Exercise, and Digestion and Nutrition. The first study area is the physiology of hormones and how they co-ordinate and integrate the body in health and disease. The second area is the physiology of reproduction in males and females. The third area details how many body systems (cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, muscular, nervous) function together for performance during exercise. The final study area is the physiology of digestion, extending on to nutrition and human health.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have achieved a basic knowledge and understanding, appropriate to a Level 2, 2nd semester unit, of the digestive, endocrine and reproductive systems of the body; achieved an understanding and an appreciation of the integrated function in concert of many body systems in the tasks of exercise, nutrition, and growth and development; developed an appreciation of the basis and manifestations of adaptations or dysfunction of the digestive, endocrine and reproductive systems of the body; developed an appreciation of the basis and manifestations of adaptations or dysfunction of the human body during growth and development; achieved an understanding and an appreciation of the need to consider the physiology of the whole body in gaining an understanding of human health and disease; developed an appreciation of the variability inherent in biological systems through laboratory exercises; promoted their abilities to organize and work in groups towards a common goal, through appropriate laboratory tasks and structured self-learning exercises; developed skills in laboratory techniques that are integral to the study of physiology; and developed skills in written communication through written reports on practicals and examination essays.

Assessment

In semester multiple-choice tests: 30%
Practical reports and worksheets assessment: 20% (incl 5% peer assessment)
Oral project report: 10% (5% peer assessment)
End semester multiple-choice test: 10%
Theory written examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Alan Tilbrook

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour hour practical class or progress review period per week

Prohibitions

PHY2022, PHY2062, BMS2031, BND2011, BIO2726


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helena Parkington

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in the role of the nervous system in maintaining internal harmony in the body, and in coordinating appropriate responses to alterations in the external conditions which would otherwise disturb the body's homeostasis. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new methodologies. Emphasis is placed on the cerebral cortex and its functions on memory, cognition and consciousness, as well as the mechanisms of brain development across life. Emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Assessment

In-semester assessment (will consist of oral presentations 20% and a test 20%): 40%
Written theory examination (2 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helena Parkington

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/discussion class per week

Prerequisites

PHY2011 and PHY2021 or PHY2032, or both BMS1052 and BMS2031 or BND2011 or BNS2022 or PHY2032, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rob Bischof

Synopsis

Commences with a detailed study of muscle activity (muscle energy supply and consumption, metabolism, and muscle fatigue) and extends to the study of various aspects of human exercise performance, including cardio-respiratory responses to physical activity, and the responses of endocrine and renal systems. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and discusses new methodologies. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed learning and project based learning.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have a knowledge and understanding of the musculo-skeletal system and the energy pathways that power muscle activity, and the adaptations that occur in response to training; provide introductory knowledge and understanding of the responses of the major body systems to exercise; introduce the link between human health and physical activity; provide an introduction to the basic evaluation and testing procedures used in exercise physiology; provide an opportunity to work as a team member in designing and conducting a small research project for a written report, oral and poster presentation.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of worksheets, oral presentations and 2000 word reports on projects or assignments and a practical test: 45%
Written theory examination (2 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rob Bischof

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032, or both BMS1052 and BMS2031 or BND2011, or permission

Prohibitions

PHY3022, PHY3042


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ross Young

Synopsis

The unit will build on knowledge of body systems acquired in year 2 and will commence with an exposition of the major nutrient groups, their digestion, absorption, intracellular processing, metabolism and storage. This will lead on to a consideration of the ways in which stored nutrients are retrieved and of nutrient and energy fluxes within the body. The sensing of food intake and nutrient stores will be described for each class of nutrients at the peripheral and central levels and the physiological regulation of appetite will be addressed. Common and important disorders including obesity, metabolic diseases and diabetes will be studied. Aspects which include measurement of body mass and body composition, determination of food preferences, mechanisms of dysregulation of body mass, and interactions of disordered metabolism with the endocrine, cardiovascular and reproductive systems will be studied. The role of public information and therapeutic interventions including a consideration of alternative therapies from the perspective of evidence-based practice will also be covered.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. describe the chemical, energetic and physiological attributes of the major nutrient groups and the fates of ingested foods;
  2. integrate the specific knowledge and insights gained in the pursuit of the first objective into a logical explanation of whole body energy balance and nutrient stores;
  3. explain the peripheral and central mechanisms for sensing food intake and matching it to body mass and energy stores;
  4. integrate knowledge of energy and nutrient homeostasis to explain current and emerging theories with respect to disorders of eating and body mass regulation and their treatments;
  5. appreciate the variability inherent in biological systems through laboratory exercises;
  6. source and critically appraise appropriate materials using contemporary technologies;
  7. work in groups towards a common goal, through appropriate laboratory tasks and assignments;
  8. develop a cogent and coherent writing style and an ability to demonstrate a reasoned understanding of the subject content through written reports and oral presentations by small groups;
  9. portray the research environment and laboratory methods used in contemporary research in this field of study;
  10. design and present through written and oral communications, information easily accessible to the general public in a manner and structure that allows for depth of information to be delivered.

Assessment

In-semester quizzes: 20%
Laboratory Reports: 20%
Assignments: 20%
Final examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ross Young

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory classes per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marcello Rosa

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in brain function in sensation and movement in humans. The emphasis will be on the way the brain functions normally to analyse sensory information and to evoke movement, and how brain damage leads to clinical dysfunction of sensation or movement. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new methodologies. Emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Assessment

In-semester assessment: 50% (practical class reports and an in-semester test)
End of semester written theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Marcello Rosa

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week.

Prerequisites

PHY2011 plus one of PHY2021 or PHY2032; or BMS1052 plus one of BMS2031, BND2011, BNS1072 or PHY2032; or permission from the unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

PHY3062


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Denton

Synopsis

This unit explores the frontiers of our understanding of cardiovascular physiology in health and disease. The roles of the nervous system, hormonal and metabolic factors and of the kidney are examined, with an emphasis on regulatory mechanisms in blood pressure control and hypertension. Current cutting-edge research underpins all aspects of the course and the emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of oral presentations and 2000 word reports on projects or assignments and a mid-semester assessment: 50%
End of semester written theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Kate Denton

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032, or both BMS1052 and BMS2031 or permission

Prohibitions

PHY3032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Belinda Henry

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in the detailed study of reproduction (hormonal control, sexual differentiation and development, ovarian and menstrual cycles, fertilization, embryonic development and loss, pregnancy and parturition) and considers population control and new reproductive technologies, such as stem cells and cloning, and their impact on society. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new technologies. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed learning and project based learning.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to examine the role of hormones in the regulation of physiological processes and their interaction at the cellular and whole animal level; critically examine our understanding of the factors controlling male and female reproductive function and how this can be manipulated; provide an understanding of legal, ethical and religious attitudes to assisted reproductive technologies and the regulation of reproduction.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of oral presentations and/or 2000 word reports on projects and/or assignments/posters: 50%
Written theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Belinda Henry

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032, or both BMS1052 and BMS2031 or BND2011, or permission

Prohibitions

PHY3022, PHY3042, PHY3052


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helena Parkington

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Physiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Physiology. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students have acquired the following skills and attributes: review scientific literature in physiology, including the ability to identify key information in this area; access databases for provision of information; presentation of oral reports; construction of written reports; meet deadlines; work with a significant degree of independence; plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results; perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations; maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor and gain experience in the use of technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helena Parkington

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the unit convenor or the Head of Physiology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction over 24 points at second year level.


36 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2011 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans and Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to also develop broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project forming the basis of a thesis presented at the end of the year and involving research of a publishable standard. They also present seminars on their research, and are trained in advanced scientific techniques.

Assessment

Research thesis: 85%
Two seminars: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans

Co-requisites

PHY4200


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Tilbrook

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4100

Assessment

Refer to PHY4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Tilbrook

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4100

Assessment

Refer to PHY4100

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans and Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of physiology. In this unit, students will gain experience in critical reading of scientific literature, scientific communication skills, and the use of statistical tools for analysis. Further, core and optional lectures/tutorials on advanced aspects of physiology and other training areas provide a means to broaden their knowledge and skills.

Assessment

Advanced training in Physiological Research: 30%
Statistics assignment: 20%
Review of literature in selected area (4000 words): 20%
Critique of unseen scientific paper: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans

Co-requisites

PHY4100


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Tilbrook

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4200

Assessment

Refer to PHY4200

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Tilbrook

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4200

Assessment

Refer to PHY4200

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Roger Evans


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christian Rau and Dr Dianne Atkinson (Clayton); Dr Derek Holtby (Sunway)

Synopsis

Scientific method. The role of mathematical models in science. Principles of experimental and sampling design, data acquisition, analysis and presentation of data. Hypothesis testing and confidence intervals. Relationship between quantitative variables. Communication of scientific information.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand the key steps of the scientific method and how these are applied to real problems that involve data analysis and interpretation, and will gain an appreciation of how statistical data is collected, analysed and stored, and the importance of statistical techniques in the analysis of data. Students will be able to use Excel to present and interpret data graphically, determine confidence intervals, calculate normal probabilities, carry out regression and interpret results, conduct hypothesis testing and interpret results, and to communicate findings through a scientific report. The unit is designed for students without a strong mathematics background.

Assessment

Written examination: 60%
Assignments: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christian Rau

Contact hours

3 hours lectures per week, 2 hours workshop per week

Prohibitions

STA1010, ETW1102


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Roslyn Gleadow (Clayton); Dr Juan Joon Ching (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit analyses how science is carried out in practice, and how scientific findings are applied and communicated to other scientists and society in general. It includes development of an appreciation of how scientific knowledge is generated, the differences between good science, poor science and pseudoscience, and the importance of ethics and occupational health and safety in scientific endeavours. Effective skills for communicating science through written, oral and visual means will be promoted. Case studies will be used to explore examples of current controversial issues that have a scientific basis or that can be potentially explained and rationalised by pursuing good science practice.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should have further developed an understanding of what science is and how it is practised and applied; have further developed the generic skills necessary to acquire, critically analyse and communicate complex scientific ideas and information; appreciate the ways in which scientists interact with each other, policy makers, managers and the wider community and the importance of science communication; have further developed their appreciation of ethical issues in science and its application.

Assessment

Workshop participation and activities: 10%
Spoken presentation(s): 10%
Written assignment(s): 10%
Literature review: 20%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Roslyn Gleadow

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures per week and two hours of workshops per week

Prerequisites

Two semesters of first year university

Prohibitions

SCI2020


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Roslyn Gleadow

Synopsis

This unit prepares students for scientific research by providing practical and theoretical training in planning, undertaking and documenting scientific research projects. It also covers an appreciation of the 'scientific method', key issues in the scientific workplace, including safety, ethics and intellectual property, and it develops teamwork and communication skills. A series of guest lectures on recent advances in science exposes students to current and emerging research areas. The unit is only available to Bachelor of Science Advanced (with Honours) and Bachelor of Science (Science Scholar Program) students, and to students in the Dean's List, or by invitation of the Faculty of Science.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should have further developed an understanding of how scientific research is conducted and communicated; have enhanced their ability to analyse and evaluate data; be able to appreciate the ways in which scientists interact with each other, policy makers, managers and the wider community; have further developed their appreciation of ethical issues in science and its application; and have further developed the generic skills necessary to acquire, critically analyse and communicate complex scientific ideas and information.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 30%
Workshop tasks: 30%
Project: 40%
Workshop tasks may include tutorial presentations, group work, written tasks, in-class tests and participation. Students must pass the project component to pass the unit overall.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Roslyn Gleadow

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

SCI2010


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Chaffee

Synopsis

The unit consists of four units as follows: Unit 1: Technology and Project Assessment, including ideas generation and risk assessment; Unit 2: Technology and Project Management, including cost-benefit analysis and software tools; Unit 3: Financial Management, including profit and loss statements and management reporting; Unit 4: Communication and Presentation Skills, including teamwork and negotiation skills.

Assessment

Workshops/assignments: 50%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alan Chaffee

Contact hours

One 3-hour workshop and two hours of team meetings per fortnight


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Alan Chaffee

Synopsis

The unit consists of four units as follows: Unit 1: The economic context of technology based industries in Australia and Asia; Unit 2: The legislative framework governing technology based industries, including intellectual property, contracts, responsible care, government structures; Unit 3: Codes of practice, risk assessment, storage and transport, environmental issues, product stewardship; Unit 4: Quality improvement and accreditation, product stewardship.

Assessment

Workshop/assignments and reports: 50%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alan Chaffee

Contact hours

One 3-hour of workshop and two hours of team meetings per fortnight


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Freeman (Gippsland); Associate Professor Chow Sek Chuen (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce intending scientists to the principles of laboratory and workplace management and their obligations as experts and supervisors. It will cover legislation and the responsibilities of both employers and employees in issues such as occupational health and safety; handling of dangerous goods and the analysis, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials. Emphasis will be placed on the assessment and management of these issues in a laboratory and workplace environment. The subject will be taught by programmed learning material and practical work consisting of assessment and discussion of case studies and workplace excursions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to understand some of the issues in managing a scientific laboratory; understand their obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and related legislation; recognise hazards associated with chemical and biological materials, instruments and ionising radiation and the risks they impose; undertake a risk assessment and recommend safe working procedures; understand their legislated obligations in recycling and disposal of hazardous materials; apply the principles of chemistry, biology, microbiology and physical science to the treatment of hazardous materials; understand the effects of waste materials on the environment and be able to recommend procedures for the analysis and treatment of hazardous wastes before disposal to the environment

Assessment

A major risk assessment assignment (3000 words): 35%
Practical reports throughout the semester: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Peter Freeman

Contact hours

2-hour tutorial/discussion session and 2-hour practical class/field trip per week

Prerequisites

6 points of first-level chemistry plus 6 points of second-level laboratory science


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Sunway Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Clayton - Summer); Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky (Clayton - Semester One and Two); Ms Jenny Mosse (Gippsland/Distance); Dr Siow Lee Fong (Sunway - Semester One); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Sunway - Semester Two and Summer)

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to a major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis, seminar attendance. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: Review scientific literature, with particular reference to the identification of key information; access information databases in an efficient manner; practice careful and discriminating information retrieval; present concise oral reports, with strong emphasis on the provision of good quality audio-visual material; construct clear written reports, both brief and extensive; plan and undertake a minor research or investigative project, and adjust the project progressively as events and results dictate; meet deadlines; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results, if appropriate perform the routine measurements and manipulations of a minor scientific project; operate with a significant degree of independence, whilst maintaining efficient and meaningful dialogue with a project supervisor; act as a constructive member of a seminar audience; interact with others as part of a team in a work environment.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

GAS3062, GAS3619, MAT3199, ASC3639, SCI3739


24 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Full year 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from Associate Dean (Education)


18 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Full year 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Full year 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

To be advised by the School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours Coordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours Coordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Cristina Varsavsky

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan Keith and Dr Dianne Atkinson (Clayton) and Associate Professor Philip Rayment (Gippsland/OCL)

Synopsis

Descriptive statistics, scatter plots, correlation, line of best fit. Elementary probability theory. Confidence intervals and hypothesis tests using normal, t and binomial distributions. Use of computer software. Formal treatment of statistical analyses and the role of probability in statistical inference.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand the key steps of the 'scientific method' and how these can be applied to real problems that involve data analysis and interpretation; gain an appreciation of: how statistical data is collected, analysed and stored, the meaning of population parameters such as mean, standard deviation, and median and the importance of statistical techniques in the analysis of data; understand how to: present and interpret data graphically, determine confidence intervals for population parameters, distinguish between a population parameter and a sample statistic, determine which statistical technique is appropriate in a given context, be able to perform simple statistical operations using Excel, take a random sample from a population and determine when data fits a statistical hypothesis, be able to prepare and write a scientific report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments/laboratories and tests: 40%
Students must pass the examination to be awarded a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jonathan Keith

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

VCE Mathematical methods 3 & 4

Prohibitions

BUS1100, ETC1000, ETW1000, ETW1102, ETX1100 and MAT1097 + Students who have completed STA1010 cannot subsequently undertake SCI1020


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Aidan Sudbury

Synopsis

Methods of data analysis including multiple linear regression, binary logistic regression, analysis of variance, sample surveys and non-parametric methods. Statistical techniques will be illustrated by real-life examples, using the statistical package SPSS, with emphasis on understanding of concepts, interpretation of results, and checking of assumptions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will know how to use a statistical package to carry out statistical analyses of real-world data using techniques of multiple linear regression, analysis of variance, survival analysis and various non-parametric methods; how to interpret the results of these analyses; will understand the assumptions behind these analyses, and know how to use the software to check the validity of these assumptions; and will know how to apply these procedures in both standard and non-standard situations.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kais Hamza

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and an average of two 1-hour computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

STA1010


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Percy and Dr Philip Rayment

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop an understanding of some of the most widely used methods of statistical data analysis, from the view point of the user, with an emphasis on planned experiments. Students will become familiar with at least one standard statistical package. Topics covered include: parametric and nonparametric procedures to compare two independent and matched samples; review of simple linear regression; multiple linear regression - analysis of residuals, choice of explanatory variables; model selection and validation; nonlinear relationships; introduction to logistic regression; basic principles of experimental design; one-way and two-way analysis of variance models; planned and multiple comparison techniques; power and sample size considerations in design; usage of some available statistical packages including Minitab and/or SPSS, data preparation, interpretation of output.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to recognise the requirements for design of an effective experiment and the nature of data arising from these situations; demonstrate an understanding of some of the important parametric and non-parametric methods of statistical data analysis, including analysis of variance, multiple linear regression and logistic regression; select and apply a statistical technique (from those covered in the unit) suitable for analysing a given set of data; formulate a model relating a response variable to a number of given independent variables; use a statistical package for applying statistical techniques covered in the unit.

Assessment

Assignments (three): 30%
Mini-project report: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Percy

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour workshop per week

Prerequisites

STA1010 or SCI1020

Prohibitions

STA2032